Liebherr 976 Operator's Manual

en Operator's manual
Hydraulic excavator
R 976 - 1428
R 976 - 1573
R 976 - 1574
From serial number 39100
Document ID
ORIGINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL
Order number: 11658430
Issued: 2017-05-19
Version: 01
Author: LFR / Technical Documentation Department
Product ID
Manufacturer: Liebherr-France SAS
Type: R 976
Type no.: 1428, 1573, 1574
From Serial no.: 39100
Contact Liebherr-France SAS

2 avenue Joseph Rey, B.P. 90287
F-68005 Colmar Cedex
Machine data:
Enter the following information on taking delivery. *You will find the information on the
type plate of the machine. This will also be useful when you order spares.
* Vehicle ID number:
WLHZ ..........................................................
* Year of manufacture:
.............................
Commissioning date:
.................. / ................. / .................
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
2 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Preface
This operating manual is intended for you as the machine operator or as a

member of the maintenance personnel. It contains warnings, important informa-
tion and tips for working with the machine. It simplifies the process of familiarisation
and getting to know the machine, and helps to avoid faults caused by incorrect
operation.
Compliance with the operating manual increases the reliability and service life of
the machine.
The operating manual must be kept with the machine. Make sure that a copy
is always kept close to hand at the workplace.
Read the operating manual before initial commissioning and subsequently at
regular intervals. Everyone who carries out work with or on the machine must be
familiar with and use this operating manual.
Examples of this work:
– Operation including setup and fitting attachments, elimination of faults, care,
disposal of service products and consumables
– Maintenance including servicing, inspection and repair
– Transporting or loading the machine
The owner is responsible for supplementing the operating manual with instructions
based on existing national regulations on accident prevention and environmental
protection. In addition to this operating manual and the regulations on accident
prevention applicable in the user's country and at the place of use, it is also
necessary to comply with the recognised technical rules on safety and technically
proficient working.
Some sections of this operating manual do not apply to all machines.
Some illustrations in this operating manual may show details and implements that
are different from your machine.
In some illustrations, protective devices and covers have been removed to provide
a clearer representation.
Liebherr machines are subject to continuous development and improvement. This
may have resulted in modifications to your machine which are possibly not referred
to in this operating manual.
If you require further explanations or information, please contact Liebherr customer
service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Liability and warranty

Due to the wide variety of products offered by other manufacturers (e.g. service
products, lubricants, tool attachments and spare parts), Liebherr cannot examine
the general suitability and absence of defects in third-party products which are
used in or on Liebherr products. The same applies to possible interactions between
third-party products and Liebherr products.
Third-party products are used in or on Liebherr machines at the user's own discre-
tion. Liebherr does not offer any warranty or accept any liability for losses of any

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 3
Preface Operator's manual
kind caused by failures of or damage to Liebherr machines attributable to the use

of third-party products.
Furthermore, Liebherr will not recognise any warranty claims attributable to incor-
rect operation, inadequate maintenance or the failure to follow safety instructions.
Modifications, conditions, copyright

Liebherr reserves the right to make modifications in the course of technical devel-
opment, without issuing prior notification.
Information and illustrations in these instructions are not allowed to be duplicated,
distributed or used for the purposes of competing with Liebherr. All rights under
copyright legislation are expressly reserved.
The aforementioned provisions do not extend the warranty and liability conditions
in the general terms and conditions of business of Liebherr.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
4 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Reply form
We need your help to continually improve our documentation. Please copy this
page and fax it or e-mail it to us with your comments, ideas and suggestions for
improvement.
To: Liebherr-France SAS

2 avenue Joseph Rey, B.P. 90287
F-68005 Colmar Cedex
Fax: +33 3 89 21 37 93
E-mail: info.lfr@liebherr.com
Ideas, comments (please state the page number):
Overall, how would you judge this document?
Excellent
Very good
Good
Satisfactory
Poor
Your data: Machine / serial number:

Company:
Last name:
Address:
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Telephone number:
Dealer:
Thank you for your help.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 5
Reply form Operator's manual
Notes:
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
6 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Contents
1 Product description 15
1.1 Technical description 15
1.1.1 Overview 15
1.1.2 Uppercarriage 17
1.1.3 Undercarriage 18
1.2 Technical data 19
1.2.1 Vibration emission 19
1.2.2 Specifications 20
2 Safety warnings 21
2.1 Information on these instructions 21
2.1.1 Representation of warning messages 21
2.1.2 Graphic symbols in these instructions 21
2.2 Intended use 22
2.2.1 Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations 22
2.2.2 Intended use 22
2.2.3 Foreseeable misuse 23
2.2.4 Operating conditions 23
2.2.5 Disposal 24
2.3 Description of staff 25
2.3.1 Personal protective equipment 25
2.3.2 Requirements for staff 25
2.3.3 Operating company 26
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2.3.4 Operator 26
2.3.5 Maintenance staff 27
2.3.6 Electrical engineer 28
2.3.7 Refrigeration technician 28
2.3.8 Rigger 29
2.3.9 Spotter 30

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 7
Contents Operator's manual
2.4 Signs on the machine 31

2.4.1 Locations of signs 31
2.4.2 Warning signs 31
2.4.3 Information signs 34
2.4.4 Identification plates 37
2.5 Protective devices on the machine 38
2.5.1 Safety lever or folding console 38
2.5.2 Operator's cab 38
2.5.3 Height-adjustable operator's cab 38
2.5.4 Falling object protective structures (FOPS and FGPS) 39
2.6 Emergency equipment on the machine 39
2.6.1 Emergency exit (standard) 39
2.6.2 Fire extinguisher (option) 39
2.6.3 Emergency command devices of machine 40
2.6.4 Emergency stop function of machine 40
2.7 Safe operation 40
2.7.1 Intoxicants 40
2.7.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids 41
2.7.3 Transporting machine 41
2.7.4 Access to machine 42
2.7.5 Machine danger zone 43
2.7.6 Visibility 43
2.7.7 Protection against vibration 44
2.7.8 Operation of machine 45
2.7.9 Load-lifting work 47
2.8 Safe work 48
2.8.1 Machines with height adjustable cab 48
2.9 Safe maintenance 48
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2.9.1 Spare parts 48

2.9.2 Heavy parts 49
2.9.3 Regular checks 49
2.10 Modifications to the machine 49
2.10.1 Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings 49

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
8 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Contents
3 Control and operation 51

3.1 Control and operating elements 51
3.1.1 Overview of operator's platform 51
3.1.2 Control unit A 54
3.1.3 Control unit B 55
3.2 Control 56
3.2.1 Battery main switch 56
3.2.2 Entering and exiting machine 57
3.2.3 Emergency exit 58
3.2.4 Fire extinguisher (option) 58
3.2.5 Safety lever 59
3.2.6 Folding console 59
3.2.7 Operator's seat 61
3.2.8 Safety belt 67
3.2.9 Horn 68
3.2.10 Sun blind 69
3.2.11 Side windows 70
3.2.12 Exterior mirrors 70
3.2.13 Lighting 71
3.2.14 Cab lighting system 72
3.2.15 Windscreen wipers 72
3.2.16 Display 73
3.2.17 Status symbols 74
3.2.18 Main menu 78
3.2.19 Camera system menu 78
3.2.20 Air conditioning unit 79
3.2.21 Operating status menu 81
3.2.22 System settings menu 81
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
3.2.23 Function settings menu 90

3.2.24 Information menu 99
3.2.25 Tool Control menu 100
3.2.26 Messages menu 102
3.2.27 Auxiliary heater (option) 102
3.3 Operation 104
3.3.1 Inspection tour before putting into service 104

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 9
3.3.2 Refuelling 105

3.3.3 Refuelling with the electric refuelling pump (option) 106
3.3.4 Immobiliser (option) 108
3.3.5 Preparing machine for dust intensive application 109
3.3.6 Preparing machine for use in biologically sensitive areas 109
3.3.7 Starting diesel engine 110
3.3.8 Bringing machine to operating temperature 111
3.3.9 Engine speed and operating mode 111
3.3.10 After starting 112
3.3.11 Sensor-controlled low idle automatic 113
3.3.12 Automatic engine shut-off after idling (option) 115
3.3.13 Shutting off diesel engine 115
3.3.14 Travelling 116
3.3.15 Braking 119
3.3.16 Travel alarm (option) 119
3.3.17 Driving on slopes 120
3.3.18 Controlling working attachment 121
3.3.19 Turning and braking uppercarriage 124
3.3.20 Turning alarm (option) 126
3.3.21 Overload warning system (option) 127
3.3.22 Float position of hoist cylinders 128
3.3.23 Hoist cylinder protection (option) 129
3.3.24 Stick cylinder protection 132
3.3.25 Controlling special working attachment without mini-joystick (option) 132
3.3.26 Controlling special working attachment with mini-joystick (option) 135
3.3.27 Reversing fan drive for radiator cleaning (option) 137
3.4 Shut-off functions 138
3.4.1 Stick cylinder shut-off and hoist cylinder shut-off (option) 138
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
3.5 General working methods 141

3.5.1 Working without damaging machine 141
3.5.2 Putting machine in working position 143
3.5.3 Working on a slope 143
3.5.4 Working with a backhoe bucket 144
3.5.5 Ground surface grading 145
3.5.6 Working with a hydraulic hammer 146

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
10 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
3.5.7 Working with the grapple 147

3.5.8 Working with the clamshell 148
3.5.9 Transferring loads 149
3.5.10 Loading a transport vehicle 150
3.5.11 Lifting loads 150
3.5.12 Lifting loads with quick coupler 151
3.5.13 Lifting loads using working tool with load lift hook 152
3.6 Installing and removing working attachment 154
3.6.1 Installing and removing working attachment pins 154
3.6.2 Installing and removing bucket 154
3.6.3 Installing and removing bucket with special seal 156
3.6.4 Using quick coupler 157
3.6.5 Installing and removing grapple on stick 157
3.6.6 Installing and removing grapple on industrial stick 159
3.6.7 Installing and removing stick 161
3.6.8 Installing and removing boom 161
3.7 Parking machine 162
3.8 Installing and removing the counterweight 163
3.8.1 Installing and removing counterweight 163
3.9 Transport 165
3.9.1 Adjusting undercarriage width mechanically (option) 165
3.9.2 Driving machine onto low-loader (machine transporter) 170
3.9.3 Lifting machine 171
3.9.4 Tying down machine 173
3.10 Emergency operation 175
3.10.1 Using emergency mode 175
3.10.2 Jump starting 177
3.10.3 Lowering working attachment in an emergency 177
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
3.10.4 Central lubrication system 178

3.10.5 Towing 179
4 Malfunctions 181
4.1 Service code tables 181
4.1.1 Warning symbols 181
4.2 Fault - Cause - Remedy 186

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 11
4.2.1 Diesel engine and fuel system 186

4.2.2 Hydraulic system 189
4.2.3 Travel gear 189
4.2.4 Electrical system 190
4.2.5 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit 190
4.3 Problem remedy 192
4.3.1 Fuses and relays 192
5 Maintenance 203
5.1 Inspection and maintenance schedule 203
5.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart 210
5.2.1 Filling quantities 210
5.2.2 Lubrication chart 211
5.3 Fuels, lubricants and operating fluids 213
5.3.1 General information 213
5.3.2 Oil analysis 213
5.3.3 Diesel fuels 213
5.3.4 Engine oils 214
5.3.5 Coolant 215
5.3.6 Hydraulic oils 216
5.3.7 Gear oils 218
5.3.8 Pump distributor gear oils 219
5.3.9 Greases 220
5.3.10 Windscreen washer fluid 220
5.3.11 Lubricants and care products for electrical and mechanical systems 220
5.4 Access points for maintenance work 221
5.4.1 Access points on uppercarriage 221
5.4.2 Access points under the uppercarriage 222
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
5.4.3 Access points on the undercarriage 223

5.5 Preparing for maintenance 224
5.5.1 Maintenance procedures 224
5.5.2 Safety instructions 224
5.6 General maintenance 226
5.6.1 Welding 226
5.6.2 Bleeding hydraulic cylinders 226

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
12 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5.6.3 Applying corrosion protection to piston rods 227

5.6.4 Cleaning the machine 228
5.6.5 Cleaning travel gear 230
5.6.6 Cleaning fan and radiator 230
5.7 Complete machine 231
5.7.1 Checking components for cracks 231
5.8 Drive group 232
5.8.1 Diesel engine: Putting in maintenance position 232
5.8.2 Diesel engine: Checking oil level 232
5.8.3 Fuel pre-filter: Draining water 233
5.8.4 Fuel tank: Draining water and sediments 234
5.8.5 Fuel fine filter: Replacing filter element 235
5.8.6 Air filter: Emptying dust collecting tank 236
5.8.7 Air filter: Replacing main filter cartridge 237
5.8.8 Pump distributor gear: Checking oil level 238
5.9 Cooling system 240
5.9.1 Checking coolant level 240
5.9.2 Coolant: Checking concentration 241
5.10 Working hydraulics 245
5.10.1 Depressurising hydraulic system 245
5.10.2 Hydraulic tank: Checking oil level 246
5.10.3 Hydraulic tank: Draining water and sediments 249
5.10.4 Return filter: Checking and cleaning magnetic rod 250
5.10.5 Bypass filter (option): Checking level of contamination of filter cartridge 250
5.10.6 Bleeding control valve block 251
5.10.7 Hydraulic hoses: Checking condition and tightness 251
5.11 Electrical system 253
5.11.1 General information 253
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
5.12 Travel gear 254

5.12.1 Checking track tension 254
5.12.2 Tightening track 255
5.12.3 Slackening track 256
5.12.4 Track pads and sprocket wheels: Checking mounting 257
5.13 Working attachment 259
5.13.1 Lubricating working tool 259

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 13
5.13.2 Changing bucket teeth with Z system 260

5.14 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 261
5.14.1 Filling with windscreen washer fluid 261
5.14.2 Switching on air conditioning unit 261
5.14.3 Cleaning pre-filter 262
5.15 Lubrication system 263
5.15.1 Lubrication system: Filling with grease 263
5.16 Slewing gearbox and slewing ring 264
5.16.1 Slewing gearbox: Checking oil level 264
6 Appendix 265
6.1 Pre-tightening torque and turning angle 265
6.1.1 Procedure 265
Index 267
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
14 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
1 Product description
1.1 Technical description
1.1.1 Overview
Overview with backhoe bucket attachment

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 1: Overview with backhoe bucket attachment

1 Uppercarriage 4 Stick cylinder 7 Bucket
2 Hoist cylinder 5 Stick 8 Undercarriage
3 Boom 6 Bucket cylinder

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 15
Product description Operator's manual
Technical description
Overview with bottom dump shovel attachment
Fig. 2: Overview with bottom dump shovel attachment

1 Uppercarriage 4 Stick cylinder 7 Bottom dump shovel
2 Hoist cylinder 5 Stick 8 Undercarriage
3 Boom 6 Bucket cylinder
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
16 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Product description
1.1.2 Uppercarriage
Fig. 3: Uppercarriage
1 Diesel engine 7 Operator's cab 13 Slewing ring
2 Counterweight 8 Left console 14 Fuel tank
3 Air filter 9 Operator's platform 15 Combination cooler (hydraulic
oil and fuel)
4 Control valve block 10 Right console 16 Combination cooler (charge
air, oil for pump distributor
gear and diesel engine
coolant)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
5 Hydraulic pump 11 Slewing gear mechanism

6 Hydraulic tank 12 Central lubrication system

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 17
1.1.3 Undercarriage
Fig. 4: Undercarriage
1 Travel gear mechanism and 3 Track roller 5 Track
sprocket
2 Carrier roller 4 Rotary connection 6 Idler
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
18 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Product description
Technical data
1.2 Technical data
1.2.1 Vibration emission
Operator's seat
The operator's seat built into this machine by the manufacturer conforms to ISO
7096:2000, EM 6. If the operator's seat is replaced, it must be ensured that the
new operator's seat also complies with this standard.
Hand/arm vibrations
If the machine is operated as intended, the weighted (frequency-weighted) effective
value of the hand/arm vibrations in accordance with ISO 5349- 1:2001 is less than
2.5 m/s2 .
Whole-body vibrations
If the machine is operated as intended, weighted (frequency-weighted) effective
values for specific sample applications of the machine can be provided according
to the table below. These values conform to the details of technical report ISO/TR
25398:2006 "Earth-moving machinery – Guidelines for assessment of exposure to
whole-body vibration of ride-on machines – Use of harmonized data measured by
international institutes, organizations and manufacturers". The measurement
procedure used in this case conforms to ISO 2631-1:1997. The listed effective
values of representative machines are specified with deviations (standard devia-
tion). These deviations are divided into light, normal and heavy-duty operating
conditions. The subdivision of operating conditions must be undertaken by the user
according to the aspects of terrain conditions, construction site condition, construc-
tion site organisation, material, machine equipment, working method and training
level of the operator.
As the specified values are individual effective values for specific typical application
areas, only a limited assessment of the load imposed on the operator by whole-
body vibrations is possible. In order to accurately assess the daily exposure of an
operator in the course of an 8-hour working day, use the Liebherr brochure
concerning whole-body vibrations as well as the specially written software. You can
obtain both these resources from your Liebherr dealer or from the documentation
CD (Liebherr-Parts) that is supplied with each new machine.
The measuring inaccuracy is defined in standard EN 12096:1997.
Machine type Typical working Weighted effective values in m/s2 under light, normal and
cycles heavy-duty operating conditions
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
X axis Y axis Z axis

light normal heav light normal heav light normal heav
y- y- y-
duty duty duty
Crawler excava- Excavating 0.14 0.31 0.49 0.08 0.19 0.31 0.13 0.30 0.47
tors
with hydraulic hammer 0.16 0.38 0.59 0.09 0.22 0.35 0.27 0.55 0.83
Use in extraction 0.31 0.46 0.61 0.19 0.30 0.41 0.29 0.61 0.93
Delivery drive 0.21 0.34 0.48 0.09 0.23 0.37 0.56 0.79 1.02

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 19
Technical data
Machine type Typical working Weighted effective values in m/s2 under light, normal and
cycles heavy-duty operating conditions
X axis Y axis Z axis
light normal heav light normal heav light normal heav
y- y- y-
duty duty duty
Wheeled excava- Excavating 0.19 0.37 0.56 0.09 0.25 0.41 0.16 0.29 0.42
tors
Delivery drive 0.21 0.29 0.38 0.24 0.38 0.52 0.42 0.61 0.80
Tab. 1: Weighted effective values
Vibration emissions for machines with rail guide system are lower than for
machines with tracked travel gear.
1.2.2 Specifications
The specifications for this machine are contained in the following technical descrip-
tion.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
20 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Crawler Excavator
R 976
Motor:
400 kW / 544 HP
Stage IIIA / Tier 3
Operating weight:
Backhoe: 85,800 – 93,100 kg
Shovel: 91,500 – 93,300 kg
Bucket Capacity:
Backhoe: 4.60 – 6.60 m3
Shovel: 5.10 – 6.00 m3
R 976 Litronic Performance
Motor: Power, versatility
400 kW / 544 HP and productivity
Stage IIIA / Tier 3
Operating weight:
Backhoe: 85,800 – 93,100 kg
Shovel: 91,500 – 93,300 kg
Bucket Capacity:
Backhoe: 4.60 – 6.60 m3
Shovel: 5.10 – 6.00 m3
2 R 976 Litronic
Economy Reliability Comfort Easy maintenance
Profitability – efficiency and World-renowned Spacious cab, ergonomic Simple and safe service
reduced operating costs robustness and high-visibility check points
R 976 Litronic 3
Performance
Power, versatility
and productivity
4 R 976 Litronic
High performance for maximum productivity Optimisation of hydraulic system for constant power
The R 976 crawler excavator is characterised by its maximum With an independent 3rd pump dedicated for swing the R 976
productivity. Whether it be in earthmoving or quarry applica- has optimal power. This provides maximum torque while
tions, this 90 tonne class excavator has an optimised hydraulic swinging and the remaining two pumps still have full power for
system matched together with intelligent operating modes. excavatoring and loading.
This ensures the capability for operating on large construc-
tion sites and quarries. The versatility of the wide range of attachments
Thanks to the wide variety of attachments with optimised
Reliable working capacity kinematics, the R 976 impresses with its versatility in all
The Liebherr V8 engine on the R 976 is very productive applications.
thanks to its high torque even at low speeds. The digging and
breakout forces of 390 kN and 485 kN respectively ensure fast
and efficient working cycles. Equipped with a Liebherr bucket
and tooth system it guarantee easy penetration into material for
easy extraction. The R 976 stability and smooth movements
of the machine ensure confortable and fast loading of dump
trucks.
Liebherr Choice of Floating

Engine work mode Boom Function
• Compliant with Stage IIIA / Tier 3 • E Mode – Economy: for economical and • Increased hydraulic flow for the other
emission standard ecologically-friendly operation. Minor re- cylinders (stick and / or bucket for example)
• Designed specifically for construction striction of power without affecting the load • More power available, making it easier
applications lifting and excavating capacities to extract materials and reduce working
• Liebherr Common-Rail injection system • P Mode – Power: for high excavation cycle times
for optimised output capacities and difficult applications. Pump • Increased service life when a hydraulic
• Automatic fuel-saving idling system flow and power are not limited hammer is used
• S Mode – Sensitivity: for precision jobs and
loading of materials
• P+ Mode – Full Power: especially designed
for increased power; only recommended for
extreme applications
R 976 Litronic 5
Economy
Profitability – efficiency and

reduced operating costs
6 R 976 Litronic
Low operating costs LiDAT fleet and machine fleet An excellent after-sales service
Thanks to its high technology and inno- management tool The after-sales services can be custo
vation, the Liebherr France Company in- To improve your machine management, mized to suit and respond to your spe-
creases the performance of its machines Liebherr has developed its own data cific needs. Several programs, such as
while reducing their fuel consumption. transmission system using the GPRS net- ReMan, ReBuilt and Repair provide the
Examples of this are the new diesel en- work. This system allows you to instantly perfect, economical solution, always in-
gine, automatic idling, electronic engine know the position of your excavator via a cluding the manufacturer’s quality and
speed sensing control, Regeneration web interface. Thanks to data transmis- guarantee. A team of technicians, spe-
Plus function and the hydrostatic cooling sion, the LIDAT system developed and cialized to intervene on your machines,
system (fans operate only when neces- manufactured by Liebherr keeps you in- has all the latest-generation diagnostic
sary). Consequently, the reduced fuel formed about fuel consumption, number tools, for a reduced down time of the
consumption means less pollution. of service hours or machine faults, just to machine. By following your chosen main-
name a few. LIDAT allows you to be pro- tenance program, you will also obtain a
active and more responsive: organizing higher resale price.
and maintaining your fleet for increased
productivity.
Liebherr Original
Liebherr tools genuine parts lubricants
• Wide range of tools suitable for every • 98 % availability from central warehouse • Everything from one source, from
type of application • Overnight service* genuine parts to original lubricants
• Tools designed for maximum productivity • Online documentation system • Competent advice on parts and lubricants
and durability • Reliable supply for years to come, • Lubrication schedule creation
• Shape of buckets designed to assist even after series production has stopped
the filling and stability of bulky materials
during the transport stages
• Hydraulic quick coupler system
* Availability depends on product and country
R 976 Litronic 7
Reliability
World-renowned
robustness
8 R 976 Litronic
A durable and proven design High-performance and durable undercarriage
In demanding applications Liebherr represents the benchmark Liebherr offers a large and unique range of welded or bolted
for the robustness of its machines and the quality of the Liebherr undercarriages. The chamfered track pads have optimal
components. Several casted parts are used for the design of manoeuvrability and are more resistant to wear on rocky terrain.
the machine and are a testimony to the expertise and know- The Liebherr travel drive is more powerful and better protected.
how of the manufacturer. With the large-sized attachments the The supporting rollers with double bearings guarantee improved
R 976 crawler excavator is ideal for tough applications. load distribution and thus better durability over time.
A proven production process and advanced technology Specific solutions tailored to customer requirements
Liebherr development process integrates advanced digital tools In the case a customer has a special request to address a
in the fields of finite element computation, fatigue calculation specific application the customized solutions are designed and
and other simulation software. The results are then validated on manufactured by Liebherr. This ensures successful integration
special test benches prior to carrying out endurance tests on and optimal performance of the excavator for the customer. As
the entire machine in extreme conditions. a sign of reliability Liebherr provides a manufacturer’s warranty
for the entire excavator including specific components as well
as the electronics.
Key components
Dependable design Undercarriage developed by Liebherr
• Designed with casted bell-housings • Robust design for greater resistance • Perfect harmonization of the machine
• Features two separate pins and a better distribution of forces elements, designed specifically for
• Maximum strength even at high forces • Easy and safe transport thanks to earthmoving and quarry applications
• Long term advatages due to optimal integrated securing hooks • Combustion engine, hydraulic pumps,
stress-flow design • Three different types of undercarriage, swing mechanism, cylinders and
welded or bolted electronic components are designed and
manufactured by Liebherr
• Purpose built options such as special
attachment lengths
• Specific tools and custom protection
can be added at the factory
R 976 Litronic 9
Comfort
Spacious cab, ergonomic

and high-visibility
10 R 976 Litronic
A spacious and ergonomic work station High resolution color touchscreen
The cab offers a generous space for maximum comfort. The color touchscreen is a true human-machine interface for
Equipped, among other things, with a pneumatic seat with controlling several comfort functions, such as the radio, and
heater as standard (optional with airconditioning), controls con- more operational functions, such as work modes, tool types
nected to the seat and high-performance automatic air-condi- and even the backup camera.
tioning, the cab creates a pleasant working environment. All the
controls are precisely laid out in an intuitive manner for greater A spacious and comfortable cab
responsiveness and concentration while working. The cab is The cab of the R 976 is the most spacious cab in 90 tonne
mounted on viscoelastic studs for significantly lower vibration. machine class. It offers unrivalled comfort for higher operator
productivity during long working hours. With the highest level
Fully automatic air-conditioning of protection on the market the impact-resistant windows offer
The automatic air-conditioning with touchscreen controls has maximum safety.
several ventilation outlets for optimum ambient air in the cab.
Increased
Control screen visibility New options
• 7" color touchscreen • Rear camera integrated in the counter- • Lighting in engine compartment
• Several setting, control and weight as standard and camera for side • LED headlights with adjustable current value
surveillance options area monitoring, for rear visibility and • 360° camera
• Robust and reliable design heightened operating safety • Follow me home (headlight cutoff delay)
(Ingress Protection Rating IP65) • Optimized design of the whole uppercarriage • Windshield wiper on bottom part
• Compatible high resolution video for providing the operator with an improved
displaying the rear camera image field of vision
• Secure emergency exit through the rear
window
R 976 Litronic 11
Easy maintenance
Simple and safe

service check points
12 R 976 Litronic
Ergonomic access and time-saving Expert advice and service provisions
For maximum safety during servicing different types of plat- Liebherr offers an expert advice service. Qualified person-
forms are available with a large central platform in particular nel will help you make the appropriate decisions to meet your
for access to engine and hydraulic system components. The needs: sales arguments based on the terrain, service agree-
two-piece engine hood facilitates easier opening and closing. ments, advantageous repair alternatives, original parts man-
Fluid level monitoring, such as the engine oil level or urea tank agement, and remote data transfer for fleet management.
level can be carried out quickly and easily from the touch-
screen in the cab. The automatic lubrication system reduces
precious servicing time while guaranteeing optimal lubrication
of the excavator.
Less maintenance for more productivity

The frequency of the service intervals is optimised to guaran-
tee that each part is functioning optimally and that the main-
tenance tasks are only performed as necessary. Whether it is
the interval for changing the hydraulic oil, which can be up to
6,000 hours with periodic oil analysis, or 3,000 hours without
monitoring, or the interval for changing the engine oil, every
500 hours, everything has been taken into account to reduce
the frequency of interventions and thus limit the machine’s
downtime and lower costs.
LiDAT data Central lubrication Liebherr warranties

transfer system system and remanufacturing
• Complete fleet management, all from • The fully-automatic central lubrication • Significant warranties for the complete
one source system, fitted as standard, allows for rapid excavator and key components
• Optimized economical performance of the maintenance: It saves time-consuming • Optimal planning of all servicing activities
machine park thanks to detailed view of the individual lubricating and downtime • Liebherr remanufacturing programme for
distribution of operating states and times • All the lubrication points on the superstruc- processing worn components, conforming
• Reports on capacity commitment and the ture of the undercarriage and the attach- to the highest industrial standards
use of the machine park can be called up ment hydraulics are supplied, with
daily via the Web portal the exception of the connecting plate
• Precise location of the machine • Engine oil level visible on display
• Regional delimitation and fixed downtimes
increase safety and reliability
R 976 Litronic 13
Long live progress with the R 976
Equipment
• Cast steel components
• Greater resistance to stresses
• Longer service life
• Safety check valves for stick and boom
cylinders with integrated regeneration
for less fuel consumption
Tools
• Different levels of protection to suit
the different areas of application
• New Liebherr Z-type tooth system
14 R 976 Litronic
Operator’s cab
• Comfortable and ergonomic design
• 7" high definition colour touch screen
• Wider for more comfort
• Impact resistant windows at the front
and in the roof as standard
• Optional FOPS and FGPS protective guards
Accessibility
• Maintenance platform in the engine
compartment
• Broad, anti-slip side catwalks (right and left)
as standard
Undercarriage
• Robust structure thanks to the
more rigid profile
• Molded two-tooth sprocket for
a longer service life
• Two types of undercarriage available:
an HD fixed-track gauge and LC-V
variable-track gauge
R 976 Litronic 15
Long live progress with the R 976 Shovel
Equipment
• Cast steel parts
• Parallel kinematics for powerful
and regular digging
• Bucket cylinders positioned under
the equipment for better protection
against the elements
• Safety valves on boom cylinder
for pipe burst protection
Buckets
• The front shovel is the perfect shape
for digging deep into the material and
for a high filling rate
• Several levels of protection for the front
shovel, depending on requirements
• Type I: non-abrasive materials,
such as limestone without flint
• Type II: Shot material, or easily breakable
rock (classification 3 to 4 according to
DIN 18300)
• Type III: Highly abrasive materials,
such as rocks with a high silica content,
sandstone, granite, etc.
• Different design of blades: straight blade
(loading) semi-delta (compacted materials)
delta (direct excavation)
16 R 976 Litronic
Operator’s cab
• Comfortable and ergonomic design
• 7" high-resolution colour touch screen
• Wider for more comfort
• Impact resistant windows at the front
and in the roof as standard
• Optional FOPS and FGPS protection guards
• Operator’s cab with a fixed riser for a full
view over the work area
R 976 Litronic 17
Technical Data
Engine Hydraulic System

Rating per ISO 9249 400 kW (544 HP) at 1,800 RPM Hydraulic pump
Torque 2,976 Nm at 1,200 RPM for attachment two Liebherr variable flow, swashplate pumps
Model Liebherr D9508 and travel drive
Type 8 cylinder V engine Max. flow 2 x 498 l/min.
Bore / Stroke 128 / 157 mm Max. pressure 350 bar
Displacement 16.16 l for swing drive reversible, variable flow, swashplate pump, closed-
Engine operation 4-stroke diesel loop circuit
Common-Rail Max. flow 315 l/min.
Exhaust gas treatment emission standard stage IIIA / Tier 3 Max. pressure 350 bar
Cooling system water-cooled and integrated motor oil cooler, after- Pump regulation electro-hydraulic with electronic engine speed sensing
cooled and fuel cooled regulation, pressure compensation, flow compensa-
Air cleaner dry-type air cleaner with pre-cleaner, primary and tion, high flow
safety elements Hydraulic tank 536 l
Fuel tank 1,498 l Hydraulic system 1,134 l
Electrical system Hydraulic oil filter 2 full flow filters in return line with integrated fine filter
Voltage 24 V area (5 µm)
Batteries 2 x 180 Ah / 12 V Cooling system cooler for water cooler, after-cooler and transmission
Starter 24 V / 7.8 kW pump oil and cooler for fuel, oil and condenser of
Alternator three-phase current 28 V / 140 A air-conditioning with hydrostatically controlled fan
Engine idling sensor controlled drives
Motor management connection to the integrated excavator system con- MODE selection adjustment of engine and hydraulic performance via
trolling via CAN-BUS to the economical utilisation of a mode pre-selector to match application, e.g. for
the service that is available especially economical and environmentally friendly
operation or for maximum digging performance and
heavy-duty jobs
RPM adjustment stepless adjustment of engine output via RPM at each
selected mode
Hydraulic Controls Tool Control 10 preadjustable pump flows and pressures for add-on
Power distribution via control valves in single block with integrated safety tools
valves
Flow summation to boom and stick
Closed-loop circuit for uppercarriage swing drive
Servo circuit electro-hydraulic control
Attachment and swing proportional via joystick levers Swing Drive
Travel – with proportionally functioning foot pedals or adjusted Drive Liebherr swashplate motor with integrated brake valve
with plugable levers Transmission Liebherr compact planetary reduction gear
– speed pre-selection Swing ring Liebherr, sealed race ball bearing swing ring,
Additional functions via foot pedals or joystick toggle switch internal teeth
Swing speed 0 – 5.9 RPM stepless
Swing torque 295 kNm
Holding brake wet multi-disc (spring applied, pressure released)
18 R 976 Litronic
Operator’s Cab Undercarriage
Cab work headlights integrated in the ceiling, a door with Versions
a sliding window (can be opened on both sides), large HD gauge 3,600 mm
stowing and depositing possibilities, shock-absorbing LC-V gauge 3,590 mm
suspension, sounddamping insulating, tinted laminated Drive Liebherr swashplate motors with integrated brake
safety glass, separate window shades for the sunroof valves on both sides
window and windscreen, cigarette lighter and 12 V Transmission Liebherr compact planetary reduction gear
plug, storage bins, lunchbox, cup holder Travel speed low range – 2.7 km/h
Operator’s seat Liebherr-Comfort seat, airsprung with automatic high range – 4.3 km/h
weight adjustment, vertical and longitudinal seat Net drawbar pull on crawler 568 kN
damping including consoles and joysticks. Seat and Track components D9G, maintenance-free
armrests adjustable separately and in combination, Track rollers / Carrier rollers HD: 8 / 2
seat heating as standard LC-V: 9 / 3
Control system arm consoles, swinging with the seat Tracks sealed and greased
Operation and displays large high resolution colour display with selfexplana Track pads double grouser
tory operation via touchscreen, video, versatile adjust- Holding brake wet multi-disc (spring applied, pressure released)
ing, control and monitoring facilities, e.g. climate con- Brake valves outside the travel motor
trol, implement and tool parameters Lashing eyes integrated
Air-conditioning standard automatic air-conditioning fully controlled
on the display, ambient air function, fast de-icing and
demisting at the press of a button, air vents can be
operated via a menu. Ambient air and fresh air filters
can be easily replaced and are accessible from out- Attachment
side and standing on the ground. Heating-cooling unit, Type combination of resistant steel plates and cast steel
designed for extreme outside temperatures, sensors components
for solar radiation, inside and outside temperatures Hydraulic cylinders Liebherr cylinders with special seal-system, shock
protection
Bearings sealed, low maintenance
Lubrication automatic central lubrication system (except link and
tilt geometry)
Hydraulic connections pipes and hoses equipped with SAE split-flange
connections
Bucket standard equipped with Liebherr tooth system
R 976 Litronic19
Dimensions
A2
E A1
D A
H C
K P
Q
L N
U S
Z B
V G
X R0013.02
20 R 976 Litronic
HDmm LC-Vmm
A 3,565 A 3,565
A1 4,355 A1 4,355
A2 4,730 A2 4,730
C 3,695 / 3,890* C 3,835 / 4,030*
D 4,515 D 4,515
E 4,640 E 4,640
H 3,725 H 3,865
K 1,620 K 1,755
L 4,770 L 5,160
P 1,460 P 1,495
Q 682 Q 955
S 3,600 S 2,750** / 3,590
U 5,960 U 6,335
N 500 600 750 N 500 600 750
B 4,290 4,290 4,350 B 3,490** 3,490** 3,500**
G 4,540 4,540 4,540 G 3,870** 3,870** 3,870**
Z 7,490 Z 7,680
* with FOPS top guard
** transport position
HD-Undercarriage LC-V-Undercarriage
Stick Mono boom 7.20 m Stick Mono boom 7.20 m
length length
m mm m mm
V 2.90 8,450 V 2.90 8,600
3.30 8,200 3.30 8,350
W 2.90 5,100 W 2.90 5,150
3.30 5,250 3.30 5,350
X 2.90 13,800 X 2.90 13,800
3.30 13,500 3.30 13,500
R 976 Litronic21
Backhoe Bucket
with Mono Boom 7.20 m and Counterweight 14.1 t
ft m
14
R0014.03 Digging Envelope
45 1 2
13
Stick length m 2.90 3.30
40 12 Max. digging depth m 7.45 7.85
11 Max. reach at ground level m 12.30 12.70
35
10 Max. dumping height m 8.25 8.50
30 9 Max. teeth height m 12.60 12.85
8
25
7
20 6
Digging Forces
5
15 1 2
4 Digging force ISO kN 390 361
10 3 t 39.8 36.8
2 Breakout force ISO kN 485 485
5
1 t 49.4 49.4
0 0
-1
-5
-2 Operating Weight and Ground Pressure
-10 -3
-4 The operating weight includes the basic machine with counterweight 14.1 t, mono boom
-15 7.20 m, stick 2.90 m and bucket 5.20 m3 (4,600 kg).
-5
-20 -6 Undercarriage HD LC-V
-7 1
Pad width mm 500 600 750 500 600 750
-25 Weightkg 85,800 86,600 87,700 91,200 92,000 93,100
-8 2
Ground pressure kg/cm2 1.65 1.39 1.13 1.64 1.38 1.12
-30 -9
Optional: counterweight 16.0 t
-10
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0m (counterweight 16.0 t increases the operating weight by 1,900 kg and ground pressure by
0.04 kg/cm2)
50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 ft
Buckets Machine stability per ISO 10567* (75 % of tipping capacity)

HD-Undercarriage LC-V-Undercarriage
Capacity
ISO 7451
Cutting
Weight
width
Stick length (m) Stick length (m)

mm m3 kg 2.90 3.30 2.90 3.30
2,150 5.20 4,600 v v v v
2,300 5.60 4,800
STD1)
v v v v
2,300 6.00 5,000 v y v y
2,450 6.60 5,100 y v y v
2,150 4.60 5,050 v v v v
2,150 5.20 5,400 v v v v
HD2)
2,300 5.60 5,450 v y v v

2,300 6.00 5,900 y v y v
2,150 4.70 6,000 v v v v
HDV3)
2,150 5.20 6,300 v y v v

2,300 5.70 6,400 y v y y
* Indicated loads are based on ISO 10567, at maximum reach, and may be swung 360° on firm and even ground
1) Standard bucket with Liebherr teeth Z 90
2) HD bucket with Liebherr teeth Z 90
3) HDV bucket with Liebherr teeth Z 90
Other buckets available upon request

Max. material weight v = ≤ 2.0 t/m3, y = ≤ 1.8 t/m3, v = ≤ 1.65 t/m3
22 R 976 Litronic
Lift Capacities
with Mono Boom 7.20 m and Counterweight 14.1 t
Stick 2.90 m
3.0 m 4.5 m 6.0 m 7.5 m 9.0 m 10.5 m
Under-
m carriage m
HD 23.9* 23.9*
10.5 6.4
LC-V 23.5* 23.5*
HD 21.9* 21.9* 21.3* 21.3*
9.0 8.0
LC-V 21.9* 21.9* 21.2* 21.2*
HD 22.1* 22.1* 19.5 20.4* 19.5 20.2*
7.5 9.0
LC-V 22.2* 22.2* 20.4 21.1* 20.1 20.2*
HD 27.7* 27.7* 23.6* 23.6* 19.2 21.3* 16.9 19.9*
6.0 9.7
LC-V 28.0* 28.0* 23.7* 23.7* 20.1 21.4* 17.6 19.9*
HD 31.9* 31.9* 24.6 25.6* 18.6 22.2* 15.5 19.9
4.5 10.1
LC-V 32.2* 32.2* 25.7 25.8* 19.5 22.3* 16.2 20.2*
HD 32.2 35.5* 23.4 27.6* 18.0 23.2* 14.7 19.0
3.0 10.3
LC-V 33.6 35.7* 24.5 27.7* 18.8 23.2* 15.5 20.8*
HD 30.8 37.2* 22.4 28.9* 17.4 22.7 14.6 18.9
1.5 10.2
LC-V 32.2 37.3* 23.5 28.9* 18.3 23.9* 15.4 20.9*
HD 30.1 37.0* 21.8 29.1 17.0 22.3 15.0 19.5
0 9.9
LC-V 31.6 36.9* 22.9 29.1* 17.9 23.7* 15.9 21.1*
HD 38.5* 38.5* 29.9 35.1* 21.6 28.0* 16.9 22.1 16.1 21.1*
– 1.5 9.3
LC-V 40.4* 40.4* 31.5 34.9* 22.7 27.8* 17.8 22.2* 17.2 21.1*
HD 40.6* 40.6* 38.9* 38.9* 30.2 31.4* 21.8 25.0* 18.6 20.7*
– 3.0 8.5
LC-V 42.5* 42.5* 38.4* 38.4* 31.0* 31.0* 23.0 24.5* 19.9 20.6*
HD 30.5* 30.5* 24.6* 24.6* 19.2* 19.2*
– 4.5 7.1
LC-V 29.5* 29.5* 23.8* 23.8* 18.9* 18.9*
Stick 3.30 m
3.0 m 4.5 m 6.0 m 7.5 m 9.0 m 10.5 m
Under-
m carriage m
HD 20.1* 20.1*
10.5 7.0
LC-V 19.9* 19.9*
HD 20.6* 20.6* 18.2* 18.2*
9.0 8.4
LC-V 20.5* 20.5* 18.1* 18.1*
HD 21.0* 21.0* 19.8 20.0* 17.3* 17.3*
7.5 9.4
LC-V 21.1* 21.1* 20.0* 20.0* 17.3* 17.3*
HD 26.3* 26.3* 22.6* 22.6* 19.4 20.5* 15.9 17.1*
6.0 10.1
LC-V 26.7* 26.7* 22.8* 22.8* 20.2 20.5* 16.5 17.1*
HD 30.6* 30.6* 24.8* 24.8* 18.7 21.5* 14.6 17.3*
4.5 10.5
LC-V 31.0* 31.0* 25.0* 25.0* 19.6 21.6* 15.3 17.4* 15.3 17.4*
HD 32.7 34.5* 23.6 26.9* 18.0 22.7* 14.2 18.4 13.9 18.0*
3.0 10.6
LC-V 34.0 34.8* 24.6 27.1* 18.9 22.7* 15.0 20.0* 14.6 18.0*
HD 31.1 36.8* 22.6 28.5* 17.4 22.7 13.9 18.0 13.8 17.8
1.5 10.6
LC-V 32.5 36.9* 23.6 28.6* 18.3 23.6* 14.6 20.1* 14.5 19.3*
HD 30.2 37.2* 21.9 29.0* 16.9 22.2 14.1 18.3
0 10.3
LC-V 31.7 37.1* 23.0 29.0* 17.8 23.7* 14.9 20.1*
HD 36.8* 36.8* 29.9 35.8* 21.5 28.3* 16.7 22.0 15.1 19.7
– 1.5 9.7
LC-V 38.3* 38.3* 31.4 35.6* 22.7 28.2* 17.6 22.7* 16.0 20.2*
HD 36.6* 36.6* 41.3* 41.3* 30.0 32.6* 21.6 25.9* 17.1 20.1*
– 3.0 8.9
LC-V 38.2* 38.2* 40.8* 40.8* 31.5 32.2* 22.7 25.6* 18.3 20.0*
HD 33.5* 33.5* 26.8* 26.8* 20.1* 20.1* 19.1* 19.1*
– 4.5 7.7
LC-V 32.7* 32.7* 26.1* 26.1* 19.2* 19.2* 18.9* 18.9*
Height Can be slewed through 360° In longitudinal position of undercarriage Max. reach * Limited by hydr. capacity
The load values are quoted in tons (t) at stick end (without bucket), and may be swung 360° on firm and even ground. Adjacent values are valid for the undercarriage when in the
longitudinal position. Capacities are valid for 600 mm wide track pads. Indicated loads are based on ISO 10567 standard and do not exceed 75 % of tipping or 87 % of hydraulic capacity
(indicated via *). Without bucket cylinder, link and lever the lift capacities will increase by 1,320 kg. Lifting c apacity of the excavator is limited by machine stability and hydraulic c apacity.
According to European Standard, EN 474-5: In the European Union excavators have to be equipped with an overload warning device, a load diagram and automatic safety check valves
on hoist cylinders and stick cylinder(s), when they are used for lifting operations which require the use of lifting accessories.
R 976 Litronic23
Dimensions Front Shovel
A2
E A1
D A
W C
H
K P
Q
R0017.02
L N
U S
Z B
V G
X
24 R 976 Litronic
HDmm HDmm
A 3,565 Q 682
A1 4,355 S 3,600
A2 4,730 U 5,955
C 4,495 / 4,690* N 500 600 750
D 4,515 B 4,290 4,290 4,350
E 4,640 G 4,540 4,540 4,540
H 3,725 Z 7,490
K 1,620 V 11,100
L 4,770 W 4,500
P 1,460 X 13,850
* with FOPS top guard
R 976 Litronic25
Front Shovel
ft m
R0018.02 Digging Envelope
12
Max. reach at ground level 9.40 m
11 Max. dumping height 7.80 m
35
10 Max. crowd length 3.90 m
Bucket opening width T 1,825 mm
30 9
8 Max. crowd force 690 kN / 70.4 t

25 Max. crowd force at ground level 490 kN / 50.0 t
7 T
Max. breakout force 500 kN / 51.0 t
20 6
5
15
4 Operating Weight and Ground Pressure
10 3 The operating weight includes the basic machine with cab elevation 800 mm, shovel
2 attachment and front shovel 5.10 m3 (9,100 kg), level II.
5
1 Undercarriage HD
Pad width mm 500 600 750
0 0
Weightkg 91,500 92,200 93,300
-1 Ground pressure kg/cm2 1.76 1.48 1.20
-5
-2
-10 -3
-4
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0m
35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 ft
Front Shovels
HD-Undercarriage
Capacity
ISO 7451
Wear kit
Cutting
Weight
width
level
Shovel Attachment
mm m3 kg
2,700 5.10 8,450 I v
2,700 5.10 9,100 II v
2,700 5.10 10,150 III y
2,700 5.40 10,600 III y
2,700 5.60 8,750 I y
2,700 5.60 9,450 II y
2,700 5.60 10,600 III v
2,700 6.00 9,950 I v
2,700 6.00 10,700 II y
Level I: For non-abrasive materials, such as limestone without flint inclusion, shot material or easily breakable rock, i.e., deteriorated rock, soft limestone, shale, etc.
Level II: For pre-blasted heavy rock, or deteriorated, cracked material (classification 3 to 4, according to DIN 18300)
Level III: For highly-abrasive materials such as rock with a high silica content, sandstone etc.
Max. material weight v = ≤ 2.0 t/m3, y = ≤ 1.8 t/m3, v = ≤ 1.65 t/m3, y = ≤ 1.5 t/m3
26 R 976 Litronic
Dimensions and Weights
Basic Machine
Track pads mm 500 600 750
Weight with HD-undercarriage kg 51,150 51,900 53,000
R0019.02 Weight with LC-V-undercarriage kg 56,400 57,200 58,350
W3
Machine without Stick

HD LC-V
V3 Mono boom 7.20 m mm 10,350 10,400
R0019.02
V3 W3 Mono boom 7.20 m mm 4,150 4,250
X3 X3 Mono boom 7.20 m mm 11,950 11,900
L Cab Elevation 800 mm

L Length mm 1,890
H Height mm 925
H Width mm 1,370
Weight kg 600
R0019.02
L
Counterweight
Std heavy
L Length mm 775 775
H
H Height mm 1,595 1,595
Width mm 3,360 3,360
Weight kg 14,100 16,000
R0019.02
Upper Protection Screen

L Length mm 1,960
L
H Height mm 190
H Width mm 1,110
R0019.02
Weight kg 75
L
Hoist Cylinders (two)
L Length mm 2,920
H H Height mm 550
Width mm 400
R0019.02
Weight kg 2 x 1,050
R 976 Litronic27
Dimensions and Weights
Mono Boom with Stick Cylinder

H Stick length m 7.20
L Length mm 7,550
H Height mm 2,700
Width mm 1,460
R0019.02 Weight kg 9,500
L
Stick with Bucket Cylinder
Stick length m 2.90 3.30
L Length mm 4,050 4,450
H
H Height mm 1,700 1,650
Width mm 900 900
R0019.02 Weight kg 4,450 4,600
L
Backhoe Buckets Std
Cutting width mm 2,150 2,300 2,300 2,450
Capacity m3 5.20 5.60 6.00 6.60
H L Length mm 2,600 2,600 2,850 2,850
H Height mm 1,950 1,950 2,050 2,050
Width mm 2,350 2,350 2,350 2,650
R0019.02 Weight kg 4,600 4,800 5,000 5,100
L
Backhoe Buckets HD
Cutting width mm 2,150 2,150 2,300 2,300
Capacity m3 4.60 5.20 5.60 6.00
H L Length mm 2,450 2,450 2,550 2,850
H Height mm 1,950 1,950 1,950 2,050
Width mm 2,200 2,350 2,350 2,350
Weight kg 5,050 5,400 5,450 5,900
L
Backhoe Buckets HDV
Cutting width mm 2,150 2,150 2,300
Capacity m3 4.70 5.20 5.70
H L Length mm 2,450 2,450 2,600
H Height mm 1,950 1,950 1,950
Width mm 2,200 2,350 2,350
R0019.02 Weight kg 6,000 6,300 6,400
28 R 976 Litronic
L
Shovel Boom
L Length mm 4,950
H H Height mm 2,050
Width mm 1,650
Weight without crowd cylinder kg 7,300
R0019.02 Weight crowd cylinder kg 2 x 450
L
Shovel Hoist Cylinders (two)
L Length mm 2,920
H H Height mm 550
Width mm 450
R0019.02 Weight kg 2 x 1,100
L
Shovel Stick
L Length mm 3,660
H H Height mm 1,300
Width mm 1,800
R0019.02 Weight kg 4,650
Shovel Bucket Cylinders (two)

L L Length mm 3,050
H Height mm 450
H Width mm 450
R0019.02 Weight kg 2 x 625
L
Front Shovels
Cutting width mm 2,700 2,700 2,700 2,700
Capacity m3 5.10 5.40 5.60 6.00
L Length mm 2,600 2,840 2,800 2,800
H Height mm 2,700 2,840 2,700 2,800
H Width mm 2,700 2,700 2,700 2,700
Weight
Level I kg 8,450 – 8,750 9,950
Level II kg 9,100 – 9,450 10,700
R0019.02 Level III kg 10,150 10,600 10,600 –
R 976 Litronic29
Standard Equipment
Undercarriage Operator’s Cab

Chain guide 3 pieces 7" colour multifunction display with touchscreen
Lashing eyelets Air conditioning, automatic
Track rollers, lifetime-lubricated Cigarette lighter and ashtray
Tracks, sealed and greased Coat hook
Cup holder
Fuel consumption indicator on touchscreen
Headlights on cab, front, halogen, 2 pieces
Hydraulic suspension
Uppercarriage Impact-resistant front window and roof window
Engine hood with two-part gas spring opening Interior light
Extended tool kit LiDAT Plus (Liebherr data transfer system) *
Fuel tank cap lockable with padlock Mechanical hour meters, readable from outside the cab
Handrails Operator seat Comfort with longitudinal and vertical damping
Non slip surfaces Preparation for radio installation
Sound insulation Rain hood over front window opening
Storage space, lockable Rear view monitoring camera
Swing brake lock, maintenance-free Rear window emergency exit
Walkway, both-sided Roll-down sun blinds (front and roof windows)
Rubber floor mat
Seat belt
Sliding windows in cab door
Storage bin
Hydraulic System Storage space
Filter with integrated fine filter area Tinted windows
Liebherr hydraulic oil Wiper / washer
Pressure storage for controlled lowering of equipment with engine turned off
Pressure test ports for hydraulic
Shut-off valve between hydraulic tank and pumps
Work mode selector
Attachment
Headlights on boom, halogen, 2 pieces
Liebherr central lubrication system, fully-automatic
(except connecting link for bucket kinematics)
Engine ReGeneration plus
Common-Rail injection system Safety check valves for hoist cylinders
Conform with stage IIIA / Tier 3 emission standard Safety check valves for stick cylinder
Dry-type air cleaner with pre-cleaner, main and safety elements
Engine cold starting aid
Engine idling, automatic, sensor-controlled
Fuel filter and water separator
Intercooler
Turbo charger
Non-exhaustive list, please contact us for further information.
* optionally extendable after one year
30 R 976 Litronic
Options
Undercarriage Operator’s Cab

Chain guide 4 pieces Acoustic travel alarm deactivatable
Chain guide full length Additional headlights cab, front and / or rear, halogen or LED, 2 pieces
Protection plate for wrecking ball operation Amber beacon on cabin
Reinforced cover and base plate for undercarriage centre section Auxiliary heater (programmable)
Travel drive protection Bottom windscreen wiper
Travel gear support, reinforced Camera for side area monitoring
Cool box (12 V)
Electronic immobilizer
Emergency stop button in cab
Falling objects protection structure FOPS
Uppercarriage Fire extinguisher
Cab elevation Footrest
Counterweight 16.0 t Front guard protection structure FGPS swivelable
Engine compartment lighting Headlights on cab, front, LED, 2 pieces
Headlights with protection Liebherr proportional control (mini-joysticks 2 axis)
Rock protection (swing gear and lubrication pipes) Operator seat Premium with integrated ventilation
Tank refilling pump fuel Radio Comfort
Walkway, wide version with guard rail Roof window wiper
Sun visor
Hydraulic System
Bypass filter for hydraulic oil Attachment
Liebherr hydraulic oil, adapted for extreme climate conditions Bottom protection for stick
Preheating for hydraulic oil (240 V) Headlights on boom, LED, 2 pieces
High pressure circuit
Medium pressure circuit
Liebherr automatic lubrication system for connecting link
Liebherr bucket range
Engine Liebherr quick coupler, hydraulic or mechanical
Automatic engine shut-down after idling Liebherr tooth system
Preheating for fuel, coolant and engine oil (240 V) Overload warning device
Protection for piston rod, bucket cylinder
Protection for piston rod, crowd cylinder
Protection for piston rods, hoist cylinder
Security for hoist cylinders
Non-exhaustive list, please contact us for further information.
Options and / or special attachments, supplied by vendors other than Liebherr, are only to be installed with the knowledge and approval of Liebherr in order to
retain warranty.
R 976 Litronic31
The Liebherr Group of Companies
All illustrations and data may differ from standard equipment. Subject to change without notice. All indicated loads are based in accordance with ISO 9248.
Wide Product Range State-of-the-art Technology
The Liebherr Group is one of the largest construction equipment To provide consistent, top quality products, Liebherr attaches
manufacturers in the world. Liebherr’s high-value products and great importance to each product area, its components and
services enjoy a high reputation in many other fields. The wide core technologies. Important modules and components are
range includes domestic appliances, aerospace and trans- developed and manufactured in-house, for instance the entire
portation systems, machine tools and maritime cranes. drive and control technology for construction equipment.
Exceptional Customer Benefit Worldwide and Independent

Every product line provides a complete range of models in many Hans Liebherr founded the Liebherr family company in 1949.
different versions. With both their technical excellence and Since that time, the enterprise has steadily grown to a group of
acknowledged quality, Liebherr products offer a maximum of more than 130 companies with over 41,000 employees located
customer benefits in practical applications. on all continents. The corporate headquarters of the Group is
Liebherr-International AG in Bulle, Switzerland. The Liebherr
family is the sole owner of the company.
www.liebherr.com
Printed in Germany by Eberl RG-BK-OT LFR/SP 11658076-1-03.17_enGB
Liebherr-France SAS
2 avenue Joseph Rey, B.P. 90287, FR-68005 Colmar Cedex
S +33 389 21 30 30, Fax +33 389 21 37 93
www.liebherr.com, E-Mail: info.lfr@liebherr.com
www.facebook.com/LiebherrConstruction
2 Safety warnings
2.1 Information on these instructions
2.1.1 Representation of warning messages
Warning symbol
The warning symbol warns of potential dangers. Obey all meas-

ures marked with this symbol to avoid injury or death.
Tab. 2: Warning symbol
Grading of warning messages

The grading of warning messages is defined by following signal words:
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTICE
Definition of warning levels
DANGER Indicates an immediately hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in property damage.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Tab. 3: Warning levels
2.1.2 Graphic symbols in these instructions
Symbol Meaning
Note
Identifies useful information and tips.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 21
Safety warnings Operator's manual
Intended use
Symbol Meaning
Precondition
Identifies conditions for subsequent action steps.
Required action
Identifies action steps.
Result
Identifies results of one or more action steps.
– Enumeration
Identifies individual items of a list.
Tab. 4: Symbols
2.2 Intended use
2.2.1 Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations

To ensure safe operation:
– Ask work site manager for safety regulations at place of use.
– Adhere to safety regulations at place of use.
– Adhere to traffic regulations.
– Adhere to valid guidelines from insurers (for example employers' professional
liability insurance companies, accident insurance et cetera).
– Avoid working methods that can endanger safety.
– Adhere to all intervals specified for recurrent checks and inspections in this
operator's manual.
2.2.2 Intended use

The hydraulic excavator is used to remove, load, transport and unload various
materials.
In addition, the tunnel excavator is used to clean the quarry face and mill crevices
and shafts.
To ensure intended use:
– Adhere to operator's manual.
– Adhere to maintenance manual.
– Adhere to maintenance intervals.
– Adhere to specifications in the technical data.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– To work, install working tool (for example backhoe bucket, grapple, loading
shovel).
– When moving machine with loaded goods, adhere to safety stipulations (For
more information see: 2.7.9 Load-lifting work, page 47) .
– Exclusively lift loads with prescribed, attached and functioning safety equip-
ment.
– Make sure that machines in underground operation (mining and tunnelling) are
equipped with components for reducing exhaust emissions.
– Adhere to individual country's requirements for underground operation.
– For special uses use special working attachments and if necessary special
safety equipment.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
22 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Safety warnings
Intended use
– Exclusively mount and use special working attachments with approval and as
per stipulations of manufacturer of basic machine.
Note
u Any other use or use beyond the stated use is improper use.
2.2.3 Foreseeable misuse

Do not use machine in following cases:
– Transport of persons without mounted and functioning safety equipment
– Lifting of persons without mounted and functioning safety equipment
– Work in explosive environment without corresponding and necessary equipment
– Work in contaminated environment without corresponding and necessary equip-
ment
– Sweeping on side (with working attachment)
– Stamping
– Striking
– Lifting loads without suitable means
– Pulling and pushing of vehicles or objects without suitable towing attachments
and brakes on machine
Note
u The manufacturer is not liable for damage caused by improper use.
2.2.4 Operating conditions
Ambient temperature -20 °C to 40 °C

Relative humidity max. 95%
Tab. 5: Operating conditions
Danger to life
Operation during thunderstorms or storms

– If possible stop operation before a thunderstorm or storm.
– Put working attachment on the ground in flattest position possible.
– Secure machine correctly.
– Close window.
– Shut off diesel engine or electric motor immediately.
– Turn ignition key to position 0.
– Make sure there are no persons in area around machine.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Lightning strike
– Remain in operator's cab.
– Do not leave machine until all component are voltage-free.
Contact with high voltage cable

– Do not move machine and working attachment.
– Remain in operator's cab.
– Do not leave machine until all component are voltage-free.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 23
Intended use
– Make sure that all persons stay away from the machine and the high voltage
cable.
– Have voltage switched off.
Damage
Incorrect operation in operating conditions deviating from

intended use
– Equip machine according to operating conditions.
Following operating conditions deviate from intended use:
– Dust intensive applications
– Contaminated areas
– Lower or higher ambient temperatures
Incorrect operation in corrosive environment or with corrosive

material
– Regularly clean machine to remove corrosive materials (for example salt, phos-
phate, fertiliser).
– Treat metallic surfaces with conservation wax if necessary.
– Derust, prime and repaint damaged and corroded steel parts.
– Make sure that piston rods of hydraulic cylinders are coated completely with an
oil film.
– If piston rods are not coated completely with an oil film: Retract and extend
piston rods along the entire stroke.
– If it is not possible to retract and extend the piston rods along the entire stroke:
Clean and conserve piston rods.
2.2.5 Disposal
Danger to life
Unapproved disposal of gas containers and pressure vessels

– Before disposal, completely depressurise pressure vessel.
– Before disposal, professionally empty pressure vessel.
– Adhere to safety instructions of pressure vessel manufacturer.
Unapproved disposal of refrigerant

– Have refrigerant disposed of by refrigerant recycling point.
– Adhere to safety data sheet of refrigerant during disposal.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Environmental pollution
Unapproved disposal of machine

– Make sure that the individual elements of the machine are disposed of correctly
after the service life.
– Dispose of elements of machine in line with valid country-specific waste
disposal guidelines and relevant valid laws.
– Remove fuels, operating fluids and lubricants from all components before
disposal.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
24 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Description of staff
– Collect and store fuels, operating fluids and lubricants in suitable containers
before disposal.
– Adhere to instructions of relevant manufacturer when disposing of fuels, oper-
ating fluids and lubricants.
– Have fuels, operating fluids and lubricants disposed of by old oil recycling point.
– Have metal parts disposed of by metal recycling point.
– Have plastic parts disposed of by plastic recycling point.
– Have rubber parts disposed of by rubber recycling point.
– Have electronic components disposed of by electronics recycling point.
2.3 Description of staff
2.3.1 Personal protective equipment

Operators, assistants and maintenance staff are responsible for the following:
– Wearing personal protective equipment
– Regular cleaning and care of protective equipment
– Immediate replacement of damaged parts of protective equipment
The protective equipment consists of following elements:
– Protective helmet
– Safety glasses
– Hearing protection
– Breathing equipment
– Protective gloves
– Warning clothing (reflective, in signal colour)
– Safety boots
– Special protective clothing
• To prevent burns
• To prevent freezing
• To prevent acid burns
• To prevent stabbing and cutting injuries
2.3.2 Requirements for staff

– Make sure that exclusively authorised and trained persons operate, maintain or
repair the machine.
– Make sure that all persons operating, maintaining or repairing the machine have
the specified minimum age.
– Make sure that staff training involves theoretical information (technology and
safety) and practical training on the machine.
– Make sure that the staff have read and understood the operator's manual and
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
supplied documentation.
– Make sure that staff undergoing training, education, instruction, or a general
apprenticeship exclusively work on the machine under constant supervision by
an experienced person.
– Regularly check safety-aware and danger-aware working of staff.
– Clearly specify staff responsibility for operation, set-up, maintenance and repair
work.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 25
2.3.3 Operating company
Responsibility
The operating company has following tasks:
– Make sure that exclusively trained staff operate the machine.
– Make sure that exclusively trained staff maintain the machine.
– Check qualification of persons in handling the machine.
– Authorise activities of persons in handling the machine.
– Define competences and responsibilities for all persons involved in handling the
machine.
– Have following staff continuously supervised by an experienced person.
• Staff undergoing training
• Staff undergoing education
• Staff undergoing instruction
• Staff undergoing a general apprenticeship
– Provide all persons tasked with handling the machine with the necessary
protective equipment.
– Check safety-aware work of staff at regular intervals.
– Check danger-aware work of staff at regular intervals.
– Make sure that machine is operated in flawless, safe condition.
– If flaws affecting safety occur: Immediately decommission machine.
– Perform inspections of machine prescribed by Liebherr punctually.
– Perform nationally mandated inspections of machine punctually.
– Adhere to national legal specifications on provision of machines and tools by
the employer (hazard assessment and risk assessment conducted by the oper-
ator).
– Report every accident with the machine to Liebherr.
• Involving serious injuries
• Involving major damage
– Allow Liebherr staff unrestricted access to machine in connection with the
product monitoring obligation.
– Create shift plan for machine.
– Clearly specify staff responsibility (operation, set-up, maintenance and repair
work).
– Make sure that no retrofitting is performed on machine without consultation of
the manufacturer.
– Exclusively use original Liebherr spare parts.
2.3.4 Operator
Responsibility
The operator has following tasks:
– Read operator's manual.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Read supplied documentation.

• Operator's manuals for components
• Operator's manuals from third party manufacturers
• Additional instructions
– Wear personal protective equipment.
– Operate machine as intended.
– Avoid working methods that can endanger safety.
– Report all changes to machine that affect safety to operating company.
– If it is no longer possible to work safely: Immediately stop operating machine.
– Exclusively perform retrofittings of machine after consultation with manufacturer.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
26 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Requirement
The operator has following qualification and skills:
– Has completed the legally specified minimum age.
– Is physically and mentally capable of operating the machine safely.
• Satisfactory eyesight
• Satisfactory hearing ability
• Quick reactions
– Has the authorisation necessary for operation of machine.
– Is able to estimate distance, height and gaps.
– The operator has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
following:
• Handling the machine type
• Attaching
• Spotting
• Handling fire extinguishing equipment
– Knows all means of escape in an emergency.
– Is not under any physical or mental impairment that limits one of the prescribed
requirements.
– Is not under the influence of alcohol.
– Is not under the influence of drugs.
2.3.5 Maintenance staff
Responsibility
The maintenance staff has following tasks:
– Maintain machine for safe and reliable function.
– Perform all prescribed maintenance tasks.
Requirement
The maintenance staff has following qualification and skills:
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

– Is physically and mentally capable of maintaining the machine.
• Quick reactions
– Has the authorisation necessary for maintenance of machine.
– Is able to estimate distance, height and gaps.
– Has knowledge of the machine and the hazards.
– Knows all procedures and precautions for maintenance.
– Has knowledge of handling special tools for maintenance and repair.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 27
requirements.
2.3.6 Electrical engineer
Responsibility
The electrical engineer has following tasks:
– Maintain and repair machine for safe and reliable function.
– Perform all prescribed maintenance tasks and repair work.
– Isolate main circuit breaker of power supply system and secure it against
switching on again.
– Clearly define and label working position.
– Use adapted tools.
Requirement
The electrical engineer has following qualification and skills:
• Quick reactions
– Has the authorisation necessary for maintenance and repair of machine.
– The electrical engineer has following skills:
• Is able to estimate distance, height and gaps.
• Is able to assess work correctly.
• Is able to recognise dangers.
• Is able to take safety measures.
requirements.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

2.3.7 Refrigeration technician
Responsibility
The refrigeration technician has following tasks:

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
28 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

– Maintain and repair machine for safe and reliable function.
– Perform all prescribed maintenance tasks and repair work.
– Isolate battery main switch of power supply system and secure it against
switching on again.
– Clearly define and label working position.
– Use adapted tools.
Requirement
The refrigeration technician has following qualification and skills:
• Quick reactions
– Has the authorisation necessary for maintenance and repair of machine.
– The refrigeration technician has following skills:
• Is able to assess work correctly.
• Is able to recognise dangers.
• Is able to take safety measures.
requirements.
2.3.8 Rigger
Responsibility
The rigger has following tasks:
– Choose correct and undamaged slinging gear.
– Correctly attach slinging gear to load or lifting accessory.
– Correctly remove slinging gear from load or lifting accessory.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Grant approval for movement or accompaniment.
Requirement
The rigger has following qualification and skills:
– Is physically and mentally capable of attaching loads.
• Quick reactions

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 29
– Has the authorisation necessary for attaching loads.

– The rigger has following skills:
• Is able to estimate mass distribution and load distribution.
• Is able to operate radio units.
• Is able to give clear instructions on radio units.
• Is able to guide a load.
• Is able to ensure safe movement of load and machine.
– The rigger has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
following:
• Selecting the suitable slinging gear
• Attaching slinging gear
• Securing to prevent unintended disengaging of slinging gear
• Avoiding damage to slinging gear
• Spotting
• Applying all necessary signal signs
requirements.
2.3.9 Spotter
Responsibility
The spotter has following tasks:
– Forward signals from rigger to operator.
– If the spotter is the only person for this purpose: Give instructions to operator.
Requirement
The spotter has following qualification and skills:
– Is physically and mentally capable of directing persons.
• Quick reactions
– Has the authorisation necessary for giving signal signs.
– The spotter has following skills:
• Is able to operate radio units.
• Is able to give clear instructions on radio units.
• Is able to guide a load.
• Is able to ensure safe movement of load and machine.
– The spotter has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
following:
• Spotting
• Applying all necessary signal signs
requirements.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
30 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Signs on the machine
2.4 Signs on the machine
2.4.1 Locations of signs

The machine is equipped with the following signs:
– Warning signs
– Information signs
– Identification plate
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 14: Locations of signs
2.4.2 Warning signs

Warning signs warn against accident hazards.
Certain information signs are not present on all machines.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 31
DANGER
Failure to adhere to warning signs!
Danger to life.
u Regularly check condition of warning signs.
u Immediately replace any incomplete, illegible or missing warning signs.
u Adhere to warning signs.
Sign Description
1 Danger!
Danger of crushing, danger of impact and
danger of impaling during machine operation.
Remaining in the working area of the machine
is prohibited.
2 Lifting prohibited
Displayed lifting point is unsuitable for lifting
entire machine. Do not lift machine by this
lifting point. Adhere to instructions in operator’s
manual on lifting machine.
3 Prohibited zone
Danger of falling. Remaining in the indicated
areas is prohibited.
4 Engine shut-off
Risk of injury. Exclusively open hood with
diesel engine shut off.
5 Risk of burns
Risk of burns from contact, particularly in area
of exhaust silencer.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
6 Risk of crushing
Increased risk of crushing in indicated areas.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
32 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Sign Description
7 Safety belt
Put on safety belt before performing any work
with machine.
8 Avoiding accidents
When working with machine, follow instructions
in the operator’s manual on accident preven-
tion.
Safety lever or folding console
Before leaving operator's seat pull up safety
lever or folding console.
Danger of collision
Working attachment can hit operator's cab.
Steer working attachment carefully.
9 Jump starting
Adhere to operator's manual before jump
starting.
10 Emergency exit
Pull tab. Remove seal completely. Push rear
window outward. Leave operator's cab.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 33
Sign Description
11 Activating overload warning system
Before material handling, switch on overload
warning system. For more information see
operator's manual.
14 Danger from diesel effect

Danger from diesel effect on hydraulic cylin-
ders. For bleeding the hydraulic cylinders
adhere to operator's manual.
Tab. 6: Warning signs
2.4.3 Information signs

Information signs relate to operation, maintenance or properties of the machine.
Certain information signs are not present on all machines.
DANGER
Failure to adhere to information signs!
Danger to life.
u Regularly check condition of information signs.
u Immediately replace any incomplete, illegible or missing information signs.
u Adhere to information signs.
Sign Description
30 Lubrication chart
Shows lubrication tasks.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
34 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Sign Description
31 Engine lubrication chart
Shows maintenance tasks on the
diesel engine.
32 Description of the control

elements
Displays function allocation for
pedals and joysticks.
33 Load lift chart

States permissible loads at the
end of the stick, depending on the
reach.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
34 Lifting points and tie-down

points
Indicates lifting points and tie-
down points of machine. Before
any lifting or transport of machine

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 35
Sign Description
35 Lifting points
Indicates a lifting point of
machine. Before any lifting of
machine adhere to operator's
manual.
36 Tie-down points
Shows tie-down point on machine.
Before any transport of machine
37 Sound power level (LWA)

Shows sound power level of the
machine in dB. *XX: Machine-
specific value.
39 Waxoyl
Shows presence of corrosion
protection.
41 Operator's manual
Exclusively use operator's manual
supplied with machine.
42 Windscreen washer tank

Shows position of the windscreen
washer tank.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
44 Coolant
Shows that the cooling system is
filled with Liebherr Antifreeze OS
coolant. For more information see
operator's manual.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
36 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Sign Description
47 Use in countries of the Euro-
pean Union (EU) prohibited
The use of the machine in coun-
tries of the European Union (EU)
and the European Economic Area
(EEE) is prohibited. The installed
diesel engine does not meet the
emission regulations.
49 Refrigerant
Contains the following informa-
tion:
- Refrigerant
- Global warming potential
- Quantity at 25 °C (g)
- CO2 equivalent (t)
Tab. 7: Information signs
2.4.4 Identification plates
Sign Description
50 Identification plate LFR (Liebherr-France
SAS)
Contains following details:
— Machine ID number (PIN)
— Type
— Year of manufacture
— Rated output of the engine
— Maximum speed
— Operating weight
— Manufacturer's address
— CE identification1)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Tab. 8: Identification plates
1) in accordance with requirements in target country

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 37
Protective devices on the machine
2.5 Protective devices on the machine
2.5.1 Safety lever or folding console
Danger to life
Unwanted movements of machine

– Before leaving operator's seat pull up safety lever or folding console.
– Do not use safety lever as handle.
– Do not use control elements (for example folding console, joystick) as handle.
2.5.2 Operator's cab
Danger to life
Unapproved working method

– Put on safety belt before starting work.
– Make sure that changes in the operator's cab (for example installation of acces-
sories) do not restrict the operator's workspace.
Injuries
Objects in the operator's cab

– Remove objects that are not necessary for the work from the operator's cab.
– Stow and fasten objects that are necessary for the work before starting.
– Make sure that objects carried do not protrude into the operator’s workspace.
2.5.3 Height-adjustable operator's cab
Danger to life
Persons in the danger zone

– Make sure there are no persons in the danger zone under the operator's cab.
– Keep your distance from moving parts when the operator's cab is moving down.
Machine tipping
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– On slopes, travel with lowered operator's cab.
Injuries
Falling from operator's cab

– Close cab door before raising and adjusting operator's cab.
– If operator's cab is raised: Make sure that cab door is closed.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
38 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Emergency equipment on the machine
Damage to operator's cab and machine
Collision with obstacles

– Make sure there are no obstacles in the range of movement of operator's cab.
– Exclusively adjust operator's cab when machine is at a standstill.
– Move operator's cab to upper park position before starting travel.
– Move slowly to end positions (upper or lower park position) using automatic
mode.
2.5.4 Falling object protective structures (FOPS and FGPS)
Danger to life
Damaged falling object protective structures

– Do not put machine into service with damaged falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not put machine into service with deformed falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not use falling object protective structures with structural changes.
– Do not use repaired falling object protective structures.
– Do not perform welding on falling object protective structures.
– Do not cut or saw falling object protective structures.
– Do not drill falling object protective structures.
2.6 Emergency equipment on the machine
2.6.1 Emergency exit (standard)
Danger to life
Incorrect labelling
– Make sure that all information signs are present.
– Make sure that all information signs are legible.
Incorrect equipment
– Make sure that emergency hammer is present.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Make sure that position of emergency hammer is known.
2.6.2 Fire extinguisher (option)
Danger to life
Incorrect behaviour
– Make sure that all fastening points of fire extinguishers on the machine are
known.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 39
Safe operation
– Make sure that everyone is able to operate the fire extinguishers.

– Make sure that everyone knows the local fire alarm possibilities.
– Make sure that everyone knows the local fire-fighting possibilities.
– Make sure that the source of fire is accessible.
– Before starting, unlock all locks of hoods and doors of machine.
2.6.3 Emergency command devices of machine

Depending on equipment, machine has following emergency command devices:
– Emergency stop device
– Emergency cut-off device
– Emergency brake
Danger to life
Defective emergency command devices

– Make sure that all emergency command devices are functioning correctly.
– Regularly check all emergency command devices for function.
– Have defective emergency command devices repaired immediately.
Damage to machine
Incorrect use of emergency command devices

– Exclusively use emergency command devices if there is immediate danger.
2.6.4 Emergency stop function of machine
Damage to diesel engine
Incorrect use of emergency stop equipment

– Exclusively use emergency stop equipment if there is immediate danger.
– If emergency stop equipment has been activated: Let diesel engine run in idle
mode for a few minutes after next start.
2.7 Safe operation
2.7.1 Intoxicants
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Danger to life
Physical and mental impairment

– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are under the influ-
ence of drugs.
ence of alcohol.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
40 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Safe operation
ence of medication.
– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are overtired.
– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are exhausted.
2.7.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids
Injury
Incorrect handling
– Adhere to safety instructions on handling oils, greases and chemical
substances.
– In case of hot lubricants and fuels put on personal protective equipment.
Environmental damage
Incorrect disposal
– Dispose of lubricants and fuels safely and in eco-friendly manner.
– Adhere to guidelines applicable to disposal.
2.7.3 Transporting machine
Danger to life
Machine tipping
– Make sure that the transport vehicle is authorised for the machine weight and
machine size.
– Do not manoeuvre while driving on ramps.
– Before driving on ramps, clean mud, snow and ice off tyres or travel gear.
– Make sure that a spotter is available if necessary.
– Exclusively use load-bearing and stable loading ramps to load machine.
– Make sure that width and angle of ramps match the gauge and climbing ability
of machine.
Incorrect transport
– Park machine on level ground during preparation for transport (disassembly,
cleaning).
– Secure machine to prevent rolling away.
– Apply parking brake.
– Pull out ignition key.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Leave operator's cab.

– Close all doors (for example operator's cab, trim).
– Make sure that nobody is on the machine during transport.
– Make sure that the road to be travelled is known.
– Make sure that all applicable limitations for width, height and weight are known.
– Drive carefully under electric cables and bridges.
– Drive carefully through tunnels.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 41
Safe operation
2.7.4 Access to machine
Injury
Incorrect entry and exit

– Uppercarriage and undercarriage are positioned so that steps and ladders are
aligned with each other.
– Clean dirt, oil, ice and snow from steps, ladders, anti-slip mats, handrails and
handles.
– Enter and exit carefully on muddy roads, ice, snow, traffic on access roads and
in narrow conditions.
– Regularly check steps, ladders, anti-slip mats, handrails and handles and have
them repaired if necessary.
– Before entering machine, clean mud, grease, ice and snow from shoes and
climbing aids.
– Put on gloves for secure grip.
– Do not climb up or down using tyres, wheel hubs, rims or track chains.
– When exterior influences (for example wind) make opening and closing the door
more difficult: Always guide door with your hand.
– Make sure that the opened or closed door has engaged properly.
– If the machine is still moving: Do not stand up from the operator's seat.
– Never jump off machine.
– Enter and leave the machine exclusively using the access system.
– Do not use control elements as handles.
– Keep your face towards machine during entry and exit.
– Make sure you always have two hands and a foot or two feet and one hand in
contact with the access system.
– After entering the operator's cab, find out about emergency exit.
If the machine has an operator's cab elevation:
– Climb until the door is reached.
– When you reach door handle with your free hand: Open door.
– Continue climbing.
Adhere to safety instructions on entry and exit in operator's manual of complete
machine:
– If the uppercarriage is mounted on a support.
– If the machine is part of a system.
– If the uppercarriage is mounted on a pontoon or rail guide system. LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
42 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Safe operation
2.7.5 Machine danger zone
Fig. 45: Machine danger zone (view from above)

1 Machine 3 Danger zone
2 Reach of working attachment
Danger to life
Unapproved presence in danger zone

– Make sure there are no persons in danger zone.
2.7.6 Visibility
Danger to life
Insufficient visibility
– Make sure that persons approach machine from the front and within operator's
field of vision.
– Make sure that persons contact the operator before approaching the machine.
– Make sure that no obstacles impair visibility in the working area.
– Use viewing devices to observe environment of machine if necessary.
– Use viewing devices if necessary to observe areas around the machine that
cannot be seen directly.
– Exclusively perform rotary motions if visibility is sufficient.
– Position working attachment so that sufficient visibility is ensured.
– Avoid travelling in reverse whenever possible.
– Work with spotter if visibility is restricted.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Agree on which hand signs to use.

– If necessary communicate via radio.
– Make sure that spotter is outside danger zone.
– In conditions of poor visibility use illumination in accordance with the applicable
regulations.
– Exclusively use sun visors if field of vision is not restricted.
Incorrect operation
– Comply with national regulations regarding sufficient visibility in the operator's
cab.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 43
Safe operation
– Before operation, check viewing devices for function, cleanliness and correct
setting.
– Adjust mirrors so that the best possible all-round visibility is guaranteed.
– Immediately repair defective viewing devices or have them replaced.
– Clean dirty cab windows.
– Avoid covering of visual aids by working attachment.
Damage
Incorrect changes
– Make sure that modifications to the machine do not impair visibility.
– Perform risk analysis again.
– Test machine according to current standards.
– Test machine according to regulations applicable at place of use.
– Depending on test result, take appropriate action.
– Inform operator about modifications.
2.7.7 Protection against vibration
Injuries
Incorrect working method

– Use machine, working attachment and working tool adapted to the task.
– Check condition of machine (tyre pressure, brakes, steering, mechanical
connections, ...).
– Make sure that operator's seat is functioning.
– Adjust operator's seat to weight and size of operator.
– Adjust shock absorption to weight and size of operator.
– Do not use jerky movements to steer, brake, accelerate and shift gears.
– Do not use jerky movements to move and load working attachment.
Incorrect travel
– Adapt speed to route.
– Drive slowly on rough terrain.
– Drive around obstacles and very rough terrain.
– Travel longer distances (for example on public roads) at an appropriate
(moderate) speed.
Incorrect working environment

– Remove large rocks and obstacles.
– Fill up channels and holes.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Keep machines to hand for creating and maintaining suitable terrain conditions
and calculate sufficient time.
Damage
Increased travel mode

– If machine is driven a lot: Stipulate use of special auxiliary systems for travel
mode.
– Regulate speed to prevent swaying.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
44 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Safe operation
2.7.8 Operation of machine
Danger to life
Incorrect place of use

– Make sure that load capacity value of ground is sufficient.
– Do not exceed maximum inclination angle of machine while working.
– Do not exceed maximum inclination angle of machine when driving on ramps
(side inclination).
– Make sure that ground offers sufficient grip.
– Adhere to safety gap from live overhead cables.
Incorrect use
– When working in following areas, adhere to the laws, regulations and rules
applicable at the place of use.
• Explosive area
• Flammable area
• Areas with underground lines (gas, electricity)
– Make sure that machine is equipped with components for exhaust gas reduction
when in closed spaces (for example tunnel, hall) in non-explosive environment.
– Clean machine regularly to remove flammable residues (for example dust, wood
scraps).
Incorrect handling of electrical system

– Make sure there are no persons with a pacemaker in the vicinity of the running
diesel engine.
– Before working on electrical system, make sure that affected parts are voltage-
free.
– Before working on electrical system, make sure that neighbouring parts are
isolated.
– Have work on electrical systems performed exclusively by a qualified electri-
cian.
Injuries
Incorrect protection
– If there is a risk of falling objects (particularly during log clamp operation): Exclu-
sively use machines with suitable protective structures.
– If there is a risk of objects penetrating the operator's cab (particularly during log
clamp operation): Exclusively use machines with suitable protective structures.
– If machine is used in toxic environment: Insert filters approved for the use in air
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
conditioning.
– If machine is used in dust-intensive environment: Insert filters approved for the
use in air conditioning.
Incorrect refuelling
– Do not touch fuels with your skin.
– Do not inhale fuel vapours.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 45
Safe operation
Incorrect maintenance
– Park machine and secure to prevent rolling or driving away.
– Park machine on level, firm ground.
– Park machine with lowered working attachment.
– When searching for leaks in the hydraulic system wear protective gloves.
– Exclusively search for leaks in the hydraulic system with cardboard or similar
material.
– Do not weld or solder hydraulic accumulators.
– Do not perform mechanical work on hydraulic accumulators.
– Make sure that the permanent labelling of the hydraulic accumulators (operating
data) is kept visible.
Crushing injuries
Unexpected movements of machine

– Park machine and secure to prevent rolling or driving away.
Unintended closing of access doors

– Secure access doors by inserting the securing mechanisms.
Incorrect lifting accessories

– Exclusively use undamaged lifting accessories.
– Make sure that load capacity value of lifting accessories is sufficient.
Incorrect work clothing

– Wear protective gloves when handling wire ropes.
Incorrect work equipment

– Exclusively align bores with suitable pin.
Burns
Incorrect maintenance
– Shut off engine before any maintenance or repair.
Hot pressurised engine cooling system

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– Do not touch coolant and parts carrying coolant.

– Let the cover and parts carrying coolant cool down.
Incorrect heat protection

– Make sure that all holders and protective shields against vibration, chafing and
heat build-up have been installed correctly.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
46 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Safe operation
Incorrect charging of battery

– Do not smoke.
– Avoid naked flames.
– Wear safety glasses.
– Put on protective gloves.
Incorrect handling of flammable liquids

– Exclusively transport flammable liquids on the machine in the designated tanks.
– Make sure that no oil squirts out of leaks.
– Regularly check lines, hoses and screwed connections for leaks and damage.
– Immediately seal leaks.
– Immediately replace damaged parts.
Incorrect refuelling
– Before refuelling, shut off diesel engine.
– Before refuelling, switch off auxiliary heater (option).
– Do not smoke.
– Avoid naked flames.
– Do not touch fuels with your skin.
– Do not inhale fuel vapours.
Damage to machine
– Before placing machine under heavy load, make sure that machine is at oper-
ating temperature.
Environmental pollution
– When working in following areas, adhere to the laws, regulations and rules
applicable at the place of use.
• Areas at risk of water (for example bodies of water)
• Sound-sensitive areas
• Emission-sensitive areas
2.7.9 Load-lifting work
Danger to life
Machine tipping
– Make sure that machine is equipped for load-lifting work.
– Make sure that machine has safety equipment for load-lifting work.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Falling load
– Make sure that machine is equipped with line break safety on every hoist
cylinder and stick cylinder.
– Make sure that the operator's cab contains a load chart.
– Exclusively use suitable slinging gear for load-lifting work.
– Exclusively tie down or loosen loads or stabilise them during transport with the
help of another person.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 47
Safe maintenance
2.8 Safe work
2.8.1 Machines with height adjustable cab
Danger to life
Persons in the danger zone

– Make sure there are no persons in the danger zone under the operator's cab.
– If operator's cab is being lowered: Keep distance from moving parts.
Machine tipping
– On slopes, exclusively travel with lowered operator's cab.
Injuries
Falling out of operator's cab

– Make sure that the cab door is closed during adjustment of operator's cab.
– Make sure that cab door is closed when in raised state.
Damage
Collision
– Make sure there are no obstacles in the range of movement of operator's cab.
– Exclusively adjust operator's cab when machine is stationary.
– Move operator's cab to park position before starting travel.
– Slowly approach park positions in automatic mode.
– Maintain sufficient distance from machine.
– Adjust operator's cab with caution.
– Exclusively switch off collision check in an emergency.
2.9 Safe maintenance
2.9.1 Spare parts

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Danger to life
Incorrect spare parts

– Use original spare parts.
– Make sure that the spare parts meet the technical requirements specified by the
manufacturer.
– After replacing parts, tighten loosened screw connections with prescribed tight-
ening torque.
– Find prescribed tightening torque in supplied documentation.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
48 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Modifications to the machine
– If the tightening torque is not prescribed by the supplied documentation: Find

prescribed tightening torque in Liebherr factory standard.
– If the tightening torque is not prescribed by the Liebherr factory standard: Find
tightening torque in valid DIN standard, EN standard or ISO standard.
2.9.2 Heavy parts
Danger to life
Incorrect handling
– Exclusively use machine for load-lifting with sufficient loading capacity.
– Exclusively use suitable and functioning lifting accessories with sufficient
loading capacity.
– Make sure that no-one is underneath raised loads.
– Exclusively task qualified and experienced persons with the attaching of loads.
– Exclusively task qualified and experienced persons with the directing of opera-
tors.
– Make sure that the spotter can be seen by the operator.
– Make sure that spotter and operator are in voice contact if necessary.
Injury
Incorrect protective equipment

– Put on gloves when handling wire ropes.
2.9.3 Regular checks
Danger to life
Incorrect performance of checks

– Make sure that safety checks are performed regularly on the machine.
– Make sure that all checks are logged.
– Keep all logs.
– Make sure that all checks are performed by suitable, competent and authorised
persons.
– Adhere to national regulations.
2.10 Modifications to the machine

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2.10.1 Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings
Danger to life
Incorrect changes to the machine

– Have changes, add-ons or retrofittings that could affect safety approved by the
manufacturer.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 49
Modifications to the machine
– Have installation and adjustment of safety equipment and safety valves

approved by the manufacturer.
– Have welding work on load-bearing parts approved by the manufacturer.
– If attachment parts and add-on parts are not approved generally by Liebherr for
installation or attachment: Do not attach or install attachment parts and add-on
parts to machine without written approval from Liebherr.
– Send all technical documents required for approval to Liebherr.
Damage
– If attachment parts and add-on parts are supplied via the machine’s hydraulic
system: Make sure that different oil types are not mixed.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
50 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
3 Control and operation
3.1 Control and operating elements
3.1.1 Overview of operator's platform

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 46: Overview of operator's platform with folding console

1 Folding console 11 Emergency stop button 2)
See next page for continuation of the image legend
2) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 51
Control and operation Operator's manual
Control and operating elements
2 Joystick for dozer blade 2) 12 Right joystick

3 Left joystick 13 Control unit B
3a Joystick 14 Engine speed controller
3b Joystick with mini-joystick 2) 15 Control unit C 2)
4 Folding console handle 16 Starting switch
5 Left double pedal 2) 17 Confirmation button
6 Travelling pedals 18 Control unit D 2)
7 Travel lever 19 Cigarette lighter
8 Right double pedal 2) 20 Control unit E 2)
9 Display 21 Auxiliary heater 2)
10 Control unit A
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 47: Overview of operator's platform with safety lever

1 Joystick for dozer blade 2) 10 Control unit A
2 Cigarette lighter 11 Confirmation button
3 Safety lever 12 Right joystick
4 Left joystick 13 Control unit B
2) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
52 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Control and operation
4a Joystick 14 Engine speed controller

4b Joystick with mini-joystick 2) 15 Control unit C 2)
5 Left double pedal 2) 16 Starting switch
6 Travelling pedals 17 Emergency stop button 2)
7 Travel lever 18 Control unit D 2)
8 Right double pedal 2) 19 Control unit E 2)
9 Display
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 53
3.1.2 Control unit A
Fig. 48: Control unit A

1 Engine start/stop key 12 MENU 2 key
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2 Sensor-controlled low idle auto- 13 Magnet system key 3)

matic key
3 Operating mode key 14 Inactive key
4 Slewing brake key 15 Quick coupler key 3)
5 Creeper gear key 16 Overload warning system key 3)
6 Additional lubrication key 17 MENU 1 key
7 Grapple priority key 3) 18 ECON key
3) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
54 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
8 Recirculated air key 19 AUTO key

9 Mute radio key 20 Beacon key 3)
10 Defrosting key 21 Inactive key
11 Hydraulic adjustment of undercar-
riage width key 3)
3.1.3 Control unit B
Fig. 49: Control unit B

1 Working attachment headlights 4 Inactive key
key
2 Roof light, front and uppercarriage 5 Roof glass panel windscreen
headlights key 4) wiper key 4)
3 Roof light, rear key 4) 6 Front windscreen wiper and rear
windscreen wiper key 4)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
3) Option
4) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 55
Control
3.2 Control
3.2.1 Battery main switch

The battery main switch is in front of the radiator.
The battery main switch connects the battery to the electrical system.
If the battery main switch is OFF the machine cannot be started.
Fig. 50: Battery main switch
Position of battery main switch Electrical system

ON Energised
OFF De-energised
Tab. 9: Positions of battery main switch
Switching on power supply

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Turn battery main switch to ON.
Switching off power supply

Make sure the following preconditions are met:
q 1 minute waiting time after diesel engine shut-off is adhered to.
q Auxiliary heater5) is switched off.
u Turn battery main switch to OFF.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
56 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
3.2.2 Entering and exiting machine
Fig. 51: Door of operator’s cab

1 Locking mechanism 3 Handle 5 Handle
2 Door lock 4 Release lever
WARNING
Incorrect entry and exit!
Fall.
u Enter and leave machine exclusively using climbing aids.
u Do not use the control elements to hold on to.
u Never jump off machine.
Entering machine
u Face operator’s cab.
u Press door lock 2.
u Open door and engage in locking mechanism 1.
u Enter operator’s cab and sit down on operator’s seat.
u Move release lever 4 outwards.
u Close door.
Climbing down from the machine

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Align the steps and hand rails of the operator's cab: Align the uppercarriage
flush with the undercarriage.
u Shut off diesel engine.
u Pull up safety lever.
u Push handle 5 downwards.
5) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 57
Control
u Open door and engage in locking mechanism 1.

u Climb down facing machine.
u Move release lever 4 outwards.
u Close door.
3.2.3 Emergency exit
Fig. 52: Warning sign of the emergency exit
A warning sign on the rear window indicates that the rear of the operator's cab is
the emergency exit.
u Pull the tab.
u Remove the seal completely.
u Push the rear window outward.
u Leave the operator's cab.
3.2.4 Fire extinguisher (option)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 53: Fire extinguisher
The fire extinguisher is in the operator's cab.

u Have fire extinguisher inspected according to the regulations in force where the
machine is used.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
58 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
u Observe operating instructions on fire extinguisher.
Note
The operator is responsible for installing the fire extinguisher.
u Observe regulations in force where machine is used.
u Estimate requirement in relation to operational conditions.
u Order fire extinguisher and holder: Contact Liebherr customer service.
3.2.5 Safety lever

The safety lever:
– interrupts all hydraulic functions,
– makes it possible to avoid all unintentional movements of the machine.
The engine can only be started when the safety lever is in the upper position.
Before starting work:
u Sit in the operator seat.
u Start the engine.
u Move the safety lever to the down position.
w The joysticks and the pedals are working.
w The slewing gear break returns to its previous state.
Before you stand up:
u Move the safety lever to the upper position.
w The joysticks and the pedals are not working any more.
w The slewing gear brake is activated and locked.
3.2.6 Folding console
Note
Machine with folding console!
Folding console has function of safety lever.
If actuation of safety lever is described or required in operator's manual:
u Adhere to description and operation of folding console.
To protect from unintentional machine movement during entry and exit, a safety
function is integrated in the left folding console.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 59
Control
Fig. 55: Folding console

1 Console handle 3 Unlocking button
2 Safety barrier 4 Folding console
Position of folding console State of servo Functions

control
Servo control is Selected brake function is
activated. activated again.
Servo control is Parking brake is applied.

deactivated. Slewing brake is applied.
Diesel engine can be started.
Tab. 10: Positions of folding console
Activating servo control
DANGER
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Unexpected machine movement!

Danger to life.
u Exclusively move folding console down with console handle.
u Move folding console 4 down with console handle 1 until folding console 4
engages audibly.
w Safety barrier 2 unfolds.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
60 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Deactivating servo control
NOTICE
Incorrect use!
Damage to folding console.
u Exclusively unlock folding console with unlocking button.
u Press unlocking button 3.

w Folding console 4 moves upwards.
w Safety barrier 2 retracts.
3.2.7 Operator's seat
Fig. 58: Operator's seat

1 Setting seat position with armrests 9 Setting armrest height
2 Setting seat position 10 Setting backrest
3 Safety belt 11 Belt buckle
4 Setting armrest angle 12 Horizontal suspension 6)
5 Armrest 13 Setting seat cushion
6 Head restraint 14 Setting seat height 6)
7 Seat heating, air conditioning 6) 15 Shock absorption
8 Lumbar support 6)
DANGER
Unexpected machine movement!
Danger to life.
u Adjust operator's seat exclusively when safety lever is in upper position.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
6) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 61
Control
Setting seat position
Fig. 59: Setting seat position
Setting seat position with armrests

u Pull middle lever up.
u Move operator's seat.
u Release lever.
w Lever engages audibly.
w Operator's seat is adjusted.
Setting seat position without armrests

u Pull outer lever up.
u Move operator's seat.
u Release lever.
w Operator's seat is adjusted.
Setting armrest angle
Fig. 60: Setting armrest angle
u Turn hand wheel on the underside to the right.

w Armrest is moved upwards.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Turn hand wheel on the underside to the left.

w Armrest is moved downwards.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
62 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Setting armrest height
Fig. 61: Setting armrest height
u Unlock knob: Turn one turn to the left.

u Pull and hold knob.
u Push armrest up or down.
u Release knob.
u Move armrest along to next engagement position.
w Knob engages audibly.
u Lock knob: Turn one turn to the right.
w Armrest height is adjusted.
Adjusting seat cushion
Fig. 62: Adjusting seat cushion

A Adjusting seat cushion depth B Adjusting seat cushion angle
Adjusting seat cushion depth

u Lift right button.
u Move seat cushion into desired position.
Adjusting seat cushion angle

u Lift left button.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Move seat cushion into desired position.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 63
Control
Adjusting backrest
Fig. 63: Adjusting backrest
u Adjust backrest: Lift lever and move backrest into desired position by reducing
or increasing pressure exerted on the backrest.
u Release lever.
w Backrest is adjusted.
Adjusting head restraint
Fig. 64: Adjusting head restraint
u Change height: Move head restraint up or down past noticeable stop points.
u Change angle: Move head restraint forward or backwards.
Adjusting shock absorption
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 65: Adjusting shock absorption

1 Shock absorption “hard” 3 Shock absorption “soft”
2 Shock absorption “medium”
u Set shock absorption to “hard”: Turn lever to shock absorption “hard” 1 position.
u Set shock absorption to “medium”: Turn lever to shock absorption “medium” 2
position.
u Set shock absorption to “soft”: Turn lever to shock absorption “soft” 3 position.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
64 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Adjusting horizontal suspension
Fig. 66: Adjusting horizontal suspension
u Deactivate horizontal suspension: Set lever to position 1.

u Activate horizontal suspension: Set lever to position 2.
Adjusting height and adjusting seat to body weight
Fig. 67: Adjusting height and adjusting seat to body weight

A Manual setting B Pneumatic setting 6)
Manual adjustment of seat height

u Raise seat: Pull lever upwards.
u Lower seat: Press lever downwards.
When limit stop is reached during adjustment:
u Make sure that operator's seat has finished automatic height adjustment to
ensure minimum travel.
Pneumatic adjustment of seat height (option)

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
NOTICE
High load on compressor!
Machine damage.
u Press button permanently for a maximum of 1 minute.
u Raise seat: Press button upwards.

u Lower seat: Press button downwards.
6) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 65
Control

Manual adjustment of seat to body weight

u Set shock absorption to “soft”.
u Sit on operator's seat.
u Pull lever upwards.
w Operator's seat automatically adjusts to body weight.
Pneumatic adjustment of seat to body weight (option)
NOTICE
High load on compressor!
Machine damage.
u Press button permanently for a maximum of 1 minute.
u Sit on operator's seat.

u Turn ignition key to position I.
w Operator's seat automatically adjusts to body weight.
w Setting is stored for 5 minutes after leaving seat.
u Adjust operator's seat again: Press button shortly.
Adjusting lumbar support
Fig. 68: Adjusting lumbar support

A Manual setting 1 Upper back cushion button
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
B Pneumatic setting 6) 2 Lower back cushion button
Manual adjustment of lumbar support

u Adjust bulge of back cushion: Turn knob.
6) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
66 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Pneumatic adjustment of lumbar support (option)

u Adjust amount of bulge in upper part of back cushion: Press upper back cushion
button 1.
u Adjust amount of bulge in lower part of back cushion: Press lower back cushion
button 2.
Seat heating
u Switch on seat heating: Set switch to 1.
u Switch off seat heating: Set switch to 0.
Seat heating with active seat air conditioning (option)

u Switch off seat heating with active seat air conditioning: Set switch to 0.
u Activate seat heating: Set switch to 1.
u Activate active seat air conditioning: Set switch to 2.
3.2.8 Safety belt

The safety belt is an automatic safety belt. The safety belt does not need to be
adjusted.
Fig. 71: Safety belt

1 Belt reel 3 Belt buckle assembly
2 Safety belt tongue 4 Release tab
DANGER
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Safety belt not engaged!

Fatal or serious injuries.
u Put on the safety belt before starting.
u Make sure the safety belt is not twisted.
u Regularly check the condition, function and attachment of the safety belt. Have
damaged parts renewed immediately.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 67
Control
Putting on the safety belt

u Pull the safety belt out of the belt reel 1.
w Pulling sharply can cause the belt to be blocked.
u Insert the belt tongue 2 into the belt buckle 3.
Releasing the safety belt

u Press the release tab 4.
w Safety belt is pulled into the belt reel 1.
3.2.9 Horn
Fig. 72: Horn
Activating horn
u Press and hold button a.
Deactivating horn
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Release button a.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
68 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
3.2.10 Sun blind
Sun blind on windscreen
Fig. 73: Sun blind on windscreen

1 Tab 2 Roll up button
Rolling out sun blind on the windscreen

u Pull sun blind on windscreen down to desired position using tab 1.
Rolling up sun blind on the windscreen

u Push roll up button 2 upwards.
Sun blind on the roof glass panel

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 74: Sun blind on the roof glass panel

1 Handle 2 Groove
Rolling out sun blind on the roof glass panel

u Pull sun blind forward on the roof glass panel using handles 1.
u Clip sun blind into grooves 2 on the roof glass panel.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 69
Control
Rolling back sun blind on the roof glass panel

u Lift sun blind out of grooves 2 carefully and let it roll back carefully.
Sun visor in the operator's cab (option)
Fig. 75: Sun visor in the operator's cab

1 Sun visor 2 Knurled screw
u Adjust sun visor 1.
u Move sun visor 1: Loosen knurled screw 2.
3.2.11 Side windows
Fig. 76: Window handle in the side window

1 Handle 2 Hand lever
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Press the hand lever on the handle and move the side window.
u When closing the side window, make sure that the hand lever engages.
3.2.12 Exterior mirrors

The exterior mirrors are aligned on delivery so that optimum visibility from the oper-
ator's cab is guaranteed.
u Do not change the alignment of exterior mirrors.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
70 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
u Look out for changes to the machine that can affect the field of view.
u Follow the safety instructions on field of view.
3.2.13 Lighting
Key Function
Working attachment headlights
Front roof lights and uppercarriage headlights7)
Rear roof light7)
Beacon7)
Tab. 11: Key functions
Switching on lighting
u Press corresponding key. (see: tab. 11, page 71)
w LEDs in key light up.
Switching off lighting

u Press corresponding key. (see: tab. 11, page 71)
w LEDs in key go out.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
7) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 71
Control
3.2.14 Cab lighting system
Fig. 81: Cab lighting system
Reading light and cab lighting system can be used even with ignition key in 0 posi-
tion.
3.2.15 Windscreen wipers
Key Status of LEDs Operating mode

Windscreen Roof glass
and rear panel
window
Switched off
Intermittent operation
Continuous operation
Windscreen washer system

switched on
Tab. 12: Operating modes
Selecting operating mode

u Press appropriate key until required operating mode is selected. (see: tab. 12,
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
page 72)
Switching on windscreen washer system

u Press and hold appropriate key. (see: tab. 12, page 72)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
72 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
3.2.16 Display
Fig. 88: Display, main menu

1 Menu bar 3 Display of status symbols
2 Display area and control area 4 Display of warning symbols
Touchscreen
Symbols with a grey background are function buttons or menus, which can be
selected by touching the surface of the display.
u Confirm, activate, select: Press buttons.
Menu bar
Menu bar is permanently displayed along the bottom edge of the display. A symbol
with a black background indicates the displayed menu.
Fig. 90: Menu bar

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
1 Main menu 6 Machine-specific settings menu

2 Camera menu 8) 7 Information menu
3 Heating and air conditioning unit 8 Tool Control menu 8)
menu
4 Operating status menu 9 Messages menu
5 General settings menu
u Select menu: Press corresponding symbol on the display.
8) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 73
Control
Programmable keys
MENU 1 and MENU 2 keys can be programmed for quick access to frequently
used menus.
Programming quick access

u Select required menu on the display.
u Press MENU 1 key or MENU 2 key and hold for 3 seconds.
u Release MENU 1 key or MENU 2 key.
w LEDs in key light up.
Using quick access

u Press MENU 1 key or MENU 2 key.
w Menu of programmed quick access is shown on the display.
3.2.17 Status symbols
Symbol Meaning
Battery charge check via alternator
Diesel engine preglowing activated
Diesel engine start blocked: Safety lever in bottom position
Diesel engine stop activated: Less than 20 seconds to automatic

diesel engine stop; less than 30 seconds to delayed shut-off; less
than 60 seconds to delayed shut-off of R 976 and R 980
Diesel engine shut-off blocked: Another function dependent on

diesel engine is activated, for example magnet system. Engine
start/stop key is deactivated.
Diesel engine shut off after automatic diesel engine shut-off or

delayed shut-off
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Automatic diesel engine shut-off blocked: Water temperature is

too low.
Reduction in diesel engine power due to altitude

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
74 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Symbol Meaning
General reduction in diesel engine power
Limited function of the special attachment or special working tool
Emergency stop button pressed on uppercarriage
Confirmation required
Confirmation fault
Deactivation of warning sound in operator's cab
Overload warning system: Overload detected
Overload warning system not available
Height adjustable boom
Laterally adjustable boom
Slewing brake released
Slewing brake released and uppercarriage rotating speed sensor

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
defective
Maintenance due
Hoist cylinder protection deactivated

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 75
Control
Symbol Meaning
Stick cylinder protection deactivated
End of the permitted range before stick cylinder shut-off
End of the permitted range before hoist cylinder shut-off
Stick cylinder shut-off deactivated
Hoist cylinder shut-off deactivated
Element of safety shut-off defective
Diesel engine in emergency mode
Servo control in emergency mode
No servo control
Control valve block bleeding activated
Control valve block bleeding completed
Quick coupler activated

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Quick coupler 2 activated
Quick coupler unlocking

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
76 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Symbol Meaning
Quick coupler 2 unlocking
Quick coupler locking
Quick coupler 2 locking
Quick coupler unlocked
Quick coupler 2 unlocked
No working tool in locking position
Reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool
Reversing control direction for turning working tool
Sensor for semi-automatic closing of shovel flap defective
Sensors for semi-automatic closing of shovel flap defective; semi-

automatic closing of shovel flap deactivated
Tab. 13: Status symbols

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 77
Control
3.2.18 Main menu
Fig. 138: Main menu

1 Camera image 7 Selected interior temperature
2 Clock 8 Outside temperature
3 Daily operating hours counter 9 Date
4 Total operating hours counter 10 Operating mode and engine speed
level
5 Selected special working attach- 11 Coolant temperature
ment
6 Fill level in fuel tank
3.2.19 Camera system menu

The camera system menu enables the full screen camera image.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 139: Camera system menu

1 Camera system menu button 2 Main menu button

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
78 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
DANGER
Restricted field of view for camera!
Death, injuries, damage.
u Pay close attention to the working area and driveway of the machine.
u If the camera system fails, only manoeuvre with a spotter.
Note
A second screen is installed if the machine has two cameras.
u Images from both cameras are shown simultaneously.
u Display camera image as full screen: Press camera system menu button 1.
u End full screen view: Press main menu button 2.
3.2.20 Air conditioning unit

Cab temperature can be adjusted between 16 °C and 28 °C:
– Maximum cooling power is 16 °C.
– Maximum heating power is 28 °C.
Fig. 140: Air conditioning unit menu and buttons of control unit A
1 Reducing temperature button 7 Increasing blower power 13 AUTO key
button
2 Increasing temperature 8 Reducing blower power 14 Recirculated air key
button button
3 Condition of air discharges 9 AUTO button 15 Defrosting key
4 Head area air supply button 10 ECON button 16 ECON key
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
5 Torso area air supply button 11 Recirculated air button

6 Foot area air supply button 12 Defrosting button
Note
Settings are saved when the engine is switched off.
u Functions are reactivated when the engine is switched on again.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 79
Control
Operating modes
AUTO operating mode

The temperature in the operator's cab is controlled according to the set nominal
temperature, the outside temperature and amount of sunshine.
Air distribution, blower power, cooling power and heating power are adjusted auto-
matically.
Note
The temperature in the operator's cab can be controlled by means of the sun
sensor. The sun sensor is located on back of display.
u Do not cover sun sensor.
ECON operating mode

Air conditioning unit is deactivated.
Machine consumes less fuel.
Recirculated air mode

When working in enclosed spaces operator is exposed to less exhaust fumes.
Intake of fresh air is reduced.
Air in operator's cab is recirculated.
DANGER
Limited visibility caused by fogged windows!
Danger to life, injuries, damage.
u Do not leave recirculated air mode switched on for long periods.
u Activate AUTO operating mode.
Defrosting operating mode

Fan runs on maximum power.
Front air outlet (at windscreen) is open, other air outlets are closed.
Operator can control temperature.
Setting air conditioning unit

u Set temperature and blower power: Press corresponding display button.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Set air supply: Press corresponding display button.

w Corresponding display button is displayed in green.
Activating and deactivating operating mode

u Activate mode: Press corresponding display button or corresponding key on
control unit A.
w Corresponding display button is displayed in green.
w LEDs in corresponding key of control unit A light up.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
80 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
u Deactivate mode: Press corresponding display button or corresponding key on

control unit A.
w Corresponding display button is displayed in white.
w LEDs in corresponding key of control unit A light up.
3.2.21 Operating status menu
Fig. 141: Operating status menu

1 Engine oil pressure 4 Hydraulic oil temperature
2 Coolant temperature 5 Electrical system voltage
3 Charge air pressure
In normal operation, the symbols are displayed in white; they are shown in red if
there is a warning.
3.2.22 System settings menu

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 142: System settings menu

1 Time setting button 6 Test system button

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 81
Control
2 Resetting daily operating hour 7 Setting LED headlights button 9)

meter button
3 Language selection button 8 Camera setting button
4 Unit switching button 9 Display setting button
5 Windscreen wiper setting button 10 Radio setting button 9)
Time setting menu
Clock setting menu
Fig. 143: Clock setting menu

1 Time zone setting button 6 Setting hours forward button
2 Clock setting button 7 Time format button
3 Setting minutes backward button 8 Summer time/winter time button
4 Setting hours backward button 9 Setting minutes forward button
5 Date format button
u Select clock setting menu: Press clock setting button 2.
u Set clock: Press buttons 3 to 9.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
9) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
82 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Time zone setting menu
Fig. 144: Time zone setting menu

1 Time zone setting button 4 Selected time zone
2 Clock setting button 5 Moving time zone to west button
3 Moving time zone to east button
u Select time zone setting menu: Press time zone settings button 1.
u Set time zone: Press moving time zone to the east button 3 or moving time
zone to the west button 5.
Resetting daily operating hour meter menu

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 145: Resetting daily operating hour meter menu

1 Accept button
u Press accept button 1.
w Daily operating hour meter is reset.
w Start page menu appears.
w Daily operating hour meter restarts counting.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 83
Control
Language selection menu
Fig. 146: Language selection menu

1 Scroll button 2 Selected language button
u Display available languages: Press scroll button 1.
When required language appears on the display:
u Press button for the desired language.
w Selected language button 2 is framed in white.
w Restart necessary symbol flashes green.
The change of language only takes effect after the system data are stored.
u Turn ignition key to 0.
u Wait 40 seconds.
u Turn ignition key to 1.
w Change of language takes effect.
Unit switching menu
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 147: Unit switching menu
Following units can be selected:

– Pressure: bar (bar) or pounds per square inch (psi)
– Temperature: Degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
84 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
– Volume and flow rate: Litres (liter), imperial gallons (Imp. gallon) or US gallons
(US liq. gallon)
u Select unit: Press corresponding button.
w Corresponding button is displayed in green.
Windscreen wiper setting menu
Fig. 148: Windscreen wiper setting menu

1 Reducing front windscreen wiper 4 Increasing roof glass panel wind-
interval button screen wiper interval button
2 Increasing front windscreen wiper 5 Increasing rear windscreen wiper
interval button interval button
3 Reducing roof glass panel wind- 6 Reducing rear windscreen wiper
screen wiper interval button interval button
The windscreen wiper setting menu enables the wiper interval of the windscreen
wipers during intermittent operation to be set.
The wiper interval is displayed between corresponding setting buttons. It can be
set between 3 seconds and 60 seconds.
u Adjust wiper interval of front windscreen wiper: Press reducing front windscreen
wiper interval button 1 or increasing front windscreen wiper interval button 2.
u Adjust wiper interval of roof glass panel windscreen wiper: Press reducing roof
glass panel windscreen wiper button 3 or increasing roof glass panel wind-
screen wiper button 4.
u Adjust wiper interval of rear windscreen wiper: Press increasing rear wind-
screen wiper interval button 5 or reducing rear windscreen wiper interval
button 6.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 85
Control
Test system menu
Fig. 149: Test system menu

1 Back button
Various data can be displayed in the test system menu, for example:
– Type and serial number of the machine
– Versions of the various software components
u Leave test system menu: Press back button 1.
Setting brightness of LED headlights menu (option)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 150: Setting brightness of LED headlights menu

1 Reducing brightness of LED head- 2 Increasing brightness of LED
lights button headlights button
u Set brightness of LED headlights: Press reducing brightness of LED headlights
button 1 or increasing brightness of LED headlights button 2.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
86 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Camera setting menu
Fig. 151: Camera setting menu

1 Reducing camera contrast 4 Setting side area camera 7 Return time
button contrast button
2 Increasing camera contrast 5 Setting rear area camera 8 Increasing return time button
button contrast button
3 Setting return time button 6 Reducing return time button
Contrast setting menu

u Select required contrast setting menu: Press setting side area camera contrast
button 4 or setting rear area camera contrast button 5.
u Set contrast: Press reducing camera contrast button 1 or increasing camera
contrast button 2.
Return time setting menu

u Select return time setting menu: Press setting return time button 3.
u Set return time: Press reducing return time button 6 or increasing return time
button 8.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 87
Control
Display setting menu
Fig. 152: Display setting menu

1 Reducing display volume button 4 Increasing display brightness
button
2 Reducing display brightness 5 Increasing display volume button
button
3 Day/night mode button
u Set display brightness: Press reducing display brightness button 2 or increasing
display brightness button 4.
u Set display volume: Press reducing display volume button 1 or increasing
display volume button 5.
u Activate or deactivate day/night mode: Press day/night mode button 3.
Radio setting menu (option)
Note
u For more information on operating principle of radio: Adhere to manufacturer's
operator's manual.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
88 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Blaupunkt radio (option)
Fig. 153: Radio setting Blaupunkt menu

1 Volume down button 5 Reducing radio frequency button
2 Muting radio button 6 Automatic station scanning
forward button
3 Source button 7 Increasing radio frequency button
4 Volume up button 8 Automatic station scanning back-
wards button
Kenwood radio (option)

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 154: Radio setting Kenwood menu

1 Source button 6 Automatic station scanning
forward button
2 Muting radio button 7 Starting call with hands-free equip-
ment button 10)
10) Available in Bluetooth mode

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 89
Control
3 Volume down button 8 Ending call with hands-free equip-

ment button 10)
4 Automatic station scanning back- 9 Station memory button
wards button
5 Volume up button
3.2.23 Function settings menu
Fig. 155: Function settings menu

1 Central lubrication system key 6 Hoist cylinder shut-off button 11)
2 Maintenance button 7 Control valve block bleeding
button
3 Activation time for sensor- 8 Sensitivity of mini-joysticks button
controlled low idle automatic
button
4 Delay of automatic diesel engine 9 Priority between lifting boom and
shut-off in dependence on water turning uppercarriage button
temperature button 11)
5 Stick cylinder shut-off button 11)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
10) Available in Bluetooth mode

11) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
90 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Central lubrication system menu
Fig. 156: Central lubrication system menu

1 Light lubrication button 5 Duration of a lubrication cycle
2 Medium lubrication button 6 Lubricating pump for bearing
3 Intensive lubrication button 7 Lubricating pump for slewing ring
toothing
4 Number of lubrication processes
per lubricating phase
Lubrication is carried out in cycles.
Each lubrication cycle has two phases:
– Lubricating phase
– Waiting phase
A new lubrication cycle starts automatically at the end of each lubrication cycle.
The current phase can be determined with the additional lubrication key.
Key Status of LEDs Lubrication cycle phase

Waiting
Lubrication
Tab. 14: Lubrication cycle phases

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Selected lubricating mode determines number of lubrication processes per lubri-

cating phase 4.
Lubrication Number of lubrication processes per

lubricating phase
Light 8
Medium 12

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 91
Control
Lubrication Number of lubrication processes per

lubricating phase
Intensive 16
Tab. 15: Lubricating modes
Selecting lubricating mode

u Press light lubrication button 1, medium lubrication button 2 or intensive lubrica-
tion button 3.
w Selected button is displayed in green.
Starting lubrication phase manually

q LEDs in additional lubrication key are not lit.
u Press additional lubrication key.
Maintenance menu
Fig. 161: Maintenance menu

1 Remaining time to next main- 4 Total operating hours counter 7 Confirmation of maintenance
tenance due message button
2 Operating hours counter at 5 Hydraulic system mainte-
last maintenance nance
3 Maintenance of diesel engine 6 Maintenance due status
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
symbol
If next maintenance is due in less than 100 hours or deadline has been exceeded
by 100 hours, the following elements are displayed:
– Maintenance due status symbol 6
– Confirmation of maintenance due message button 7
u Hide maintenance due message: Press confirmation of maintenance due
message button 7.
w Maintenance due status symbol 6 disappears.
u Have maintenance performed at specified time: Contact Liebherr customer
service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
92 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Activation time for sensor-controlled low idle auto-

matic menu
Fig. 162: Activation time for sensor-controlled low idle automatic menu
1 Reducing activation time for 3 Increasing activation time for
sensor-controlled low idle auto- sensor-controlled low idle auto-
matic button matic button
2 Activation time for sensor-
controlled low idle automatic
(For more information see: 3.3.11 Sensor-controlled low idle automatic, page 113)
Delay of automatic diesel engine shut-off in depend-

ence on water temperature menu (option)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 163: Delay of automatic diesel engine shut-off in dependence on water

temperature menu
1 Reducing delay of automatic 3 Increasing delay of automatic
diesel engine shut-off in depend- diesel engine shut-off in depend-
ence on water temperature button ence on water temperature button
2 Delay of automatic diesel engine
shut-off in dependence on water
temperature

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 93
Control
(For more information see: 3.3.12 Automatic engine shut-off after idling (option),
page 115)
Stick cylinder shut-off menu (option)
Fig. 164: Stick cylinder shut-off menu

1 Shut-off when retracting stick 3 Deactivating stick cylinder shut-off
button button
2 Shut-off when extending stick
button
Stick cylinder shut-off menu allows saving of limit positions for retracting and
extending the stick. (For more information see: 3.4.1 Stick cylinder shut-off and
hoist cylinder shut-off (option), page 138)
Hoist cylinder shut-off menu (option)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 165: Hoist cylinder shut-off menu

1 Shut-off when lowering boom 3 Deactivating hoist cylinder shut-off
button button
2 Shut-off when lifting boom button

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
94 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Hoist cylinder shut-off menu allows saving of limit positions for lowering and lifting
boom. (For more information see: 3.4.1 Stick cylinder shut-off and hoist cylinder
shut-off (option), page 138)
Control valve block bleeding menu
Fig. 166: Control valve block bleeding menu
(For more information see: 5.10.6 Bleeding control valve block, page 251)
Sensitivity of mini-joysticks menu
Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating grapple menu

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 167: Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating grapple menu

1 Reducing sensitivity at start of 5 Increasing sensitivity at start 9 Reversing control direction for
movement in direction a and of movement in direction d turning working tool button
b button button (option)
2 Increasing sensitivity at start 6 Reversing control direction for 10 Reducing sensitivity during
of movement in direction a opening and closing working movement to the stop in
and b button tool button (option) direction a and b button

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 95
Control
3 Reducing sensitivity at start of 7 Reducing sensitivity at start of

movement in direction c movement in direction d
button button
4 Increasing sensitivity at start 8 Increasing sensitivity during
of movement in direction c movement to the stop in
button direction a and b button
In order to meet standard ISO 10968 it is possible to reverse the following control
directions:
– Opening and closing working tool
– Turning working tool
Reversing of control direction is cancelled if control of quick coupler is active.
Activating reversal
u Press reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool button 6
or reversing control direction for turning working tool button 9.
w Reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool button 6 or
reversing control direction for turning working tool button 9 is green.
u Press confirmation button.
w Reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool symbol or
reversing control direction for turning working tool symbol appears on the
display.
w Reversal of control direction is saved when ignition is switched off.
Deactivating reversal
u Press reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool button 6
or reversing control direction for turning working tool button 9.
w Reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool button 6 or
reversing control direction for turning working tool button 9 is white.
w Reversing control direction for opening and closing working tool symbol or
reversing control direction for turning working tool symbol disappears.
w Default control direction is saved during shut-off.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
96 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating laterally adjustable

boom menu
Fig. 170: Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating laterally adjustable boom menu
1 Reducing sensitivity at start of 3 Increasing sensitivity at start
movement in direction d of movement in direction c
button button
2 Increasing sensitivity at start 4 Reducing sensitivity at start of
of movement in direction d movement in direction c
button button
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 97
Control
Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating height adjustable

boom menu
Fig. 171: Sensitivity of mini-joysticks for operating height adjustable boom menu
1 Reducing sensitivity at start of 3 Increasing sensitivity at start
movement in direction b of movement in direction a
button button
2 Increasing sensitivity at start 4 Reducing sensitivity at start of
of movement in direction b movement in direction a
button button
Priority between lifting boom and turning uppercar-

riage menu
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 172: Priority between lifting boom and turning uppercarriage menu
1 Increasing priority for turning 2 Increasing priority for lifting boom
uppercarriage button button
u Set priority between lifting boom and turning uppercarriage: Press increasing
priority for turning uppercarriage button 1 and increasing priority for lifting boom
button 2.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
98 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
w Change is saved automatically.
3.2.24 Information menu
Fig. 173: Information menu

1 Operating hours button 2 Fuel consumption button
Operating hours menu
Fig. 174: Operating hours menu

1 Emergency operation 6 Driving in creeper gear
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2 Joysticks 7 Operating modes P+/P/E/S

3 Rotation 8 Maximum engine speed
4 Option pedals 9 Engine idle speed
5 Driving in high gear 10 Operating hours of tools menu
button

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 99
Control
Fig. 175: Operating hours of tools menu

1 Operating hours menu button
Fuel consumption menu
Fig. 176: Fuel consumption menu

1 Fuel consumed 12) 4 Average fuel consumption in past
60 seconds
2 Average fuel consumption 12) 5 Resetting fuel consumption hour
meter button
3 Elapsed time of fuel consumption
12)
3.2.25 Tool Control menu

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
In Tool Control menu a special working attachment can be selected and corre-
sponding parameters for oil flow rate and oil pressure can be activated.
Up to a maximum of ten special working attachments can be programmed. For
setting and saving parameters for special working attachments contact Liebherr
customer service.
12) Since last reset

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
100 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Fig. 177: Tool Control menu

1 Scroll button 3 Maximum flow rate of special
working attachment in operation
2 Selected special working attach- 4 Maximum pressure of special
ment button working attachment in operation
NOTICE
Unsuitable parameters!
Damage to special working attachment.
u Select suitable parameters for special working attachment.
u Adhere to maximum permitted values for pressure and flow rate.
u Press scroll buttons 1 until desired selected special working attachment

button 2 is outlined in white.
u Press required selected special working attachment button 2.
w Name of special working attachment is displayed in green.
w Special working attachment is selected.
w Parameters of special working attachment are activated.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 101
Control
3.2.26 Messages menu
Fig. 178: Messages menu

1 Message text 5 Unconfirmed message, no longer
valid
2 Scroll-up button 6 Confirmed message
3 Scroll-down button 7 Unconfirmed message
4 Messages menu button
Messages menu lists error codes.
Messages menu button 4 is displayed differently depending on content of
messages menu:
– White: Confirmed messages 6
– Flashing red: New unconfirmed messages 7
If messages menu button 4 flashes red:
u Press messages menu button 4.
u Read all new unconfirmed messages 7: Press scroll up button 2 and scroll
down button 3.
u Confirm unconfirmed message 7: Press message text 1 of unconfirmed
message 7.
w Outline of message is displayed in white.
u Resolve error: Take required measure.
u Contact Liebherr customer service if necessary.
3.2.27 Auxiliary heater (option)

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
The auxiliary heater improves the starting properties of the diesel engine at very
low temperatures.
Activating the auxiliary heater also activates the cab heater.
The settings for the auxiliary heater can be programmed using the control unit.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
102 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Control
Fig. 179: Auxiliary heater control unit

q Make sure the starter key is in position 0 before you switch on the auxiliary
heater.
u Follow the manufacturer's instructions for operating and programming the auxil-
iary heating.
If the ambient temperature drops below -10 °C:
u Select the heating duration depending on the ambient temperature.
u Activate the auxiliary heater.
u Let the auxiliary heater operating until shut-off.
u Start the machine.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 103
Operation
3.3 Operation
3.3.1 Inspection tour before putting into service
General information
u Before putting into service, perform a thorough inspection tour around machine.
u Never put defective machine into service.
u Make sure no-one is working on or under machine.
u Make sure no-one is in the danger zone of the machine.
Complete machine
u Check general condition and tightness of the machine. Have damage repaired
immediately.
u Make sure all protective equipment on the machine is in place and functioning
correctly. For example: Safety belt, steps, rails, handles.
u Make sure that all safety signs of the machine are in place and legible. Replace
if necessary.
u Clean contaminated or slippery cab accesses on the machine.
u Remove dirt, ice and snow from the air inlet.
u Clean and adjust interior mirror.
u Clean windows and secure against unintended movements.
u Close all hoods, covers and doors. To facilitate access in case of emergency:
Do not lock door locks.
Drive group
u Check oil level of the diesel engine.
u Check general condition, tightness and cleanliness of diesel engine by means
of visual inspection.
u Drain water from fuel pre-filter. (For more information see: 5.8.3 Fuel pre-filter:
Draining water, page 233)
Cooling system
u Check coolant level. (For more information see: 5.9.1 Checking coolant level,
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
page 240)
u Check radiator and fan for cleanliness. Clean if necessary. (For more informa-
tion see: 5.6.6 Cleaning fan and radiator, page 230)
Hydraulic system
u Make sure that stopcocks of hydraulic tank are open13) .

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
104 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Electrical system
u Check warning lights and display units.
Travel gear
u Check chain tension. (For more information see: 5.12.1 Checking track tension,
page 254) Re-tighten if necessary. (For more information see: 5.12.2 Tightening
track, page 255)
If machine is equipped with undercarriage with adjustable width:
u Make sure that side frames are extended. (For more information see: Extending
side frames, page 168)
Working attachment
u Lubricate working tool.
u Check pin connections.
u Check steel parts for cracks.
If quick coupler is installed:
u Check that warning sound sounds and display status symbols appear.
u Check condition of locking pins, hydraulic hoses, electric cables and safety
latches.
3.3.2 Refuelling
Fig. 180: Fuel tank cap

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
DANGER
Explosion of highly flammable fuel!
Danger to life.
u Avoid naked flames.
u Do not smoke.
13) Depending on machine model, one or two stopcocks are mounted on hydraulic
tank.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 105
Operation

q Diesel engine is shut off.
q Fuel used is approved.
u Unlock fuel tank cap.
u Unscrew fuel tank cap.
u Check condition of strainer and replace if necessary.
u Fill with fuel through strainer.
u Screw in fuel tank cap.
u Lock fuel tank cap.
3.3.3 Refuelling with the electric refuelling pump (option)

The electric refuelling pump is under the fuel tank cover.
Fig. 181: Refuelling with electric refuelling pump

1 Stopcock (shown in closed 5 Suction hose
condition)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2 Stop button 6 Suction line

3 Start button 7 Plug
4 Fuel tank cap
Designation Value
Flow rate 150 l/min
Maximum operating time 12 minutes
Maximum suction head 3.5 m
Tab. 16: Technical data of electric refuelling pump

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
106 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
DANGER
Danger to life.
u Do not smoke.
Starting refuelling with the electric refuelling pump
NOTICE
Incorrect refuelling with electric refuelling pump!
Damage to electric refuelling pump and machine.
u Use clean fuel.
u Do not change length or diameter of suction hose.
u Comply with the maximum suction head of electric refuelling pump.
u Monitor correct progress of refuelling with electric refuelling pump.

q Fuel used is approved.
q Screen filter on suction end of suction hose 5 is clean and in good condition.
u Unlock fuel tank cap 4.
u Unscrew fuel tank cap 4.
u Unscrew plug 7 of suction line 6.
u Connect suction hose 5 to suction line 6.
u Remove protective cap from suction head of suction hose 5.
u Feed suction end of suction hose 5 through to floor of tank container.
u Open stopcock 1.
u Press start button 3.
Stopping refuelling with the electric refuelling pump

When refuelling has ended, electric refuelling pump switches off automatically.
NOTICE
Seizing of electric refuelling pump!
Damage to electric refuelling pump and machine.
u Leave housing of electric refuelling pump filled with fuel.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Exclusively close stopcock after electric refuelling pump has come to a stand-
still.
u Switch off electric refuelling pump manually: Press stop button 2.

u Close stopcock 1.
u Pull suction head of suction hose 5 from tank container.
u Make sure there is no more fuel in suction hose 5.
u Put protective cap on suction head of suction hose 5.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 107
Operation
u Remove suction hose 5 from suction line 6.

u Screw in plug 7 of suction line 6.
u Wind up suction hose 5 and stow under hood of fuel tank.
u Screw in fuel tank cap 4.
u Lock fuel tank cap 4.
3.3.4 Immobiliser (option)

The immobiliser works with a mechanical key and an electronic code.
The immobiliser is activated after 5 seconds as soon as the master key is turned to
position 0.
The immobiliser is independently activated, regardless of whether or not the
master key is removed from the starting switch.
The immobiliser is deactivated as soon as the master key is turned to position I.
Master key and user key

The master key is indicated by its red cap.
The master key is unique and must be carefully looked after.
The master key serves exclusively for granting of authorization for the user key.
Two user keys, recognisable by their blue cap, are delivered with the machine. You
can order additional user keys.
Granting authorization for user key

You can grant authorization for up to ten user keys for each master key.
The authorization for a user key can be granted for several immobilisers. This
enables you to produce a common key for your fleet.
Granting authorization for a new user key:

u Insert the master key in starting switch.
u Turn the master key to position I.
u After a maximum of 5 seconds turn the master key to position 0.
u Remove themaster key from starting switch.
w The immobiliser is ready for the granting of authorization for the user key.
w You have 15 seconds to grant authorization for one or more user keys.
u Insert the user key in the starting switch.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Turn the user key to position I. Keep the user key in this position for at least 1
second.
w The user key is registered for the immobiliser and authorization is granted.
u Turn the user key to position 0.
u Remove the user key from the starting switch.
u Repeat the last four steps for granting authorization for additional user keys.
Cancelling authorization for user key

Cancelling authorization applies to all user keys.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
108 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Cancellation may be necessary in the event of a user key getting lost.

After cancellation, authorization has to be individually reissued for each user key.
Authorization for the master key cannot be cancelled.
Cancelling authorization for user key:

u Insert the master key in starting switch.
u Turn the master key to position I. Keep key in this position for at least
20 seconds.
w Authorization is cancelled for all user keys.
w Authorization can now be granted for new user keys.
Safety
If more than five non-authorised user keys are inserted in the starting switch within
one minute, the immobiliser is activated for 15 minutes. No authorised user keys
are accepted during this period.
The immobiliser remains activated and there is no data loss.
– If the power supply is disrupted
– If subject to the effects of a magnetic field
3.3.5 Preparing machine for dust intensive application
NOTICE
Contaminated hydraulic oil!
Damage to machine.
u Observe maintenance intervals.
u Make sure that machine is equipped with 15/5 µm filter cartridges.
u Equip machine with bypass filters.

u Equip machine with attachment for “flow reversal for radiator cleaning”.
3.3.6 Preparing machine for use in biologically sensitive

areas
The machine can be operated with biodegradable Liebherr hydraulic oils or biode-
gradable hydraulic oils from other manufacturers. (For more information see:
5.3.6 Hydraulic oils, page 216)
If biodegradable hydraulic oil is used:
u Use bypass filter.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
During an oil change, residues of old hydraulic oil remain in the hydraulic system
and mix with the new hydraulic oil.
u Have hydraulic oil changed by authorised specialist staff.
u Have oil analysis performed by authorised specialist staff.
u Repeat hydraulic oil change if necessary.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 109
Operation
3.3.7 Starting diesel engine
Starting
NOTICE
Starting diesel engine at altitude above 2000 m!
Damage to diesel engine.
u Contact Liebherr customer service before starting the diesel engine.
NOTICE
Incorrect cold start of the diesel engine!
u Start diesel engine.
u Let diesel engine run at idle speed for 15 seconds.
u Slowly warm diesel engine up by running it at medium load and medium speed.

q Fuel tank is full.
q Battery main switch is in the ON position.
q Safety lever is up.
q Joysticks and pedals are in neutral position.
q Nobody is in danger zone of machine.
u Warn bystanders before starting the machine: Activate horn. (For more informa-
tion see: 3.2.9 Horn, page 68)
u Turn ignition key to position I.
w Autocheck begins.
w All LEDs briefly light up.
u During autocheck, check that the LEDs are functioning correctly.
If LEDs are defective:
u Have LEDs replaced.
u Press engine start/stop key for about half a second.
w LEDs in engine start/stop key flash while diesel engine is starting.
w LEDs in engine start/stop key light up as soon as diesel engine has started.
Troubleshooting
Diesel engine does not start?
Starting the diesel engine ends automatically after 30 seconds. Starting can be
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
extended beyond 30 seconds by pressing and holding the engine start/stop key
while starting. If two attempts to start fail, there is probably a malfunction of the
diesel engine.
u Wait for at least 1 minute before the next attempt to start the diesel engine.
u Press engine start/stop key and keep it pressed continuously while starting.
u If there are two unsuccessful attempts to start the diesel engine, establish the
cause of the fault and eliminate it.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
110 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Starting at low temperatures

At low outside temperatures, preglowing of the diesel engine is activated.
Engine preglowing activated symbol is shown on the display during preglowing of
the diesel engine.
When preglowing of the diesel engine is in progress:
u Do not start diesel engine.
When preglowing of the diesel engine has finished:
Starting at temperatures below -18 °C

u Equip machine with one or more starting aids optionally available from Liebherr.
3.3.8 Bringing machine to operating temperature

q Hydraulic oil is approved for ambient temperature range. (For more information
see: 5.3.6 Hydraulic oils, page 216)
u Move safety lever up.
u Start diesel engine and run at idle speed for 15 seconds.
u Move safety lever down.
u Set engine speed no higher than half the maximum engine speed.
u Maintain engine speed and actuate working hydraulics until operating tempera-
tures for coolant and hydraulic oil are reached.
w Machine is ready for operation.
3.3.9 Engine speed and operating mode

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 188: Display of speed step and operating mode in main menu
1 Operating mode 2 Speed step
Engine speed
Ten speed steps can be selected.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 111
Operation
u Increase speed step: Turn engine speed controller in clockwise direction.

u Reduce speed step: Turn engine speed controller in counter-clockwise direc-
tion.
Operating mode
The four operating modes permit optimum use of the machine according to the
work to be done.
Operating mode Operation Speed step Hydraulic

power
Key Status of Mode
LEDs
S (SENSITIVE) Precise work or lifting loads 7 Limited
E (ECO) Light to medium work 8 Slightly limited
P (POWER) Heavy work 9 Unlimited
P+ (POWER Very heavy work 10 Unlimited

PLUS)
u Activate operating mode E, P or S: Press operating mode key until relevant LED
lights up. (see: tab. 17, page 112)
u Activate operating mode P+: Turn engine speed controller to speed step 10.
3.3.10 After starting
Precautions related to conditions of machine use

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Altitude and outside temperature

Altitude and outside temperature affect the performance capacity and service life of
the diesel engine.
The performance of the diesel engine is automatically adjusted according to the
altitude and the outside temperature.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
112 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
NOTICE
Cooling circuit overheating at high altitude or low outside temperature!
u Constantly monitor coolant temperature and hydraulic oil temperature.
Confined spaces
DANGER
Exhaust gases!
Danger to life.
u Only run diesel engine when area is sufficiently ventilated.
u Ensure adequate ventilation: Open doors and windows of buildings.
Checking function of control elements

Low hydraulic oil temperatures lead to slower reaction times of the control
elements.
q Coolant is at operating temperature.
q Hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
u Drive machine onto open space.
u Carefully operate joysticks and pedals.
u Check function of slewing brake.
Checking function of diesel engine

u Check that coolant is at operating temperature. (For more information see:
3.2.21 Operating status menu, page 81)
u Check that engine oil pressure remains constant. (For more information see:
u Check that power and speed of diesel engine remain constant.
u Check that noise of diesel engine is normal.
u Check that exhaust gas is colourless.
If the diesel engine is not functioning correctly:
u Shut off diesel engine immediately.
3.3.11 Sensor-controlled low idle automatic

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
The sensor-controlled low idle automatic offers the following advantages:

– Automatic reduction of the engine speed when safety lever is up or when
neither joysticks nor pedals are operated
– Savings in fuel consumption
– Noise reduction
With sensor-controlled low idle automatic activated, two speed steps appear in
start page menu:
– Current speed step 1, indicated by white pointer
– Saved speed step 2 with sensor-controlled low idle automatic switched on, indi-
cated by blue pointer

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 113
Operation
Fig. 197: Start page menu, sensor-controlled low idle automatic

1 Current speed step 2 Saved speed step
Activating sensor-controlled low idle automatic
DANGER
Incorrect use!
Danger to life.
u Do not activate sensor-controlled low idle automatic when putting diesel engine
into service.
u Do not activate sensor-controlled low idle automatic when driving on gradients.
u Press sensor-controlled low idle automatic key.

w LEDs in sensor-controlled low idle automatic key light up.
w Sensor-controlled low idle automatic is activated immediately if safety lever
is up.
w Sensor-controlled low idle automatic is activated with delay if safety lever is
down.
u Restore saved speed step 2: Move joysticks or pedals.
Deactivating sensor-controlled low idle automatic

u Press sensor-controlled low idle automatic key.
w LEDs in sensor-controlled low idle automatic key go out.
Setting activation time for sensor-controlled low idle

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
automatic
Activation time for the sensor-controlled low idle automatic is set to 5 seconds by
default.
u Set activation time for sensor-controlled low idle automatic to between 2 and
10 seconds: Use activation time for sensor-controlled low idle automatic menu.
(For more information see: 3.2.23 Function settings menu , page 90)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
114 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
3.3.12 Automatic engine shut-off after idling (option)

Diesel engine is stopped automatically if following conditions are met:
– Diesel engine is idling.
– During the period for automatic engine shut-off no control element is activated.
Period for automatic engine shut-off is set to 5 minutes by default.
Automatic engine shut-off is indicated 20 seconds before shut-off by means of
following elements:
– Warning sound sounds as intermittent sound in operator's cab.
– Engine shut-off activated status symbol appears on the display.
Deactivating automatic engine shut-off

u Activate a control element.
Setting period for automatic engine shut-off

u Set delay for automatic engine shut-off: Contact Liebherr customer service.
u Set time for automatic engine shut-off in dependence on water temperature
between 1 and 17 minutes: Use delay of engine shut-off in dependence on
water temperature menu. (For more information see: Delay of automatic diesel
engine shut-off in dependence on water temperature menu (option), page 93)
3.3.13 Shutting off diesel engine
Shutting off diesel engine normally

u Move all control elements to their neutral position.
u Press engine start/stop key.
w Engine speed slowly falls to idle speed, subsequently diesel engine is shut
off.
w If already at idle speed, diesel engine is shut off immediately.
w LEDs in engine start/stop key go out.
When diesel engine has been shut off:

u Set ignition key to 0.
u Pull out ignition key.
Shutting off diesel engine with delay (option)

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Before shut-off, diesel engine runs at idle speed for 30 seconds14) and engine shut-
off activated status symbol appears on the display.
u Shut off diesel engine normally. (For more information see: Shutting off diesel
engine normally, page 115)
u Remain in the operator's cab during the shut-off delay.
14) 60 seconds for R 976 and R 980

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 115
Operation
Shutting off diesel engine in emergency with the igni-

tion key
Shutting off diesel engine in emergency with emer-

gency stop button (option)
Fig. 203: Emergency stop button in operator's cab with safety lever and in operator's cab with folding console
Shutting off diesel engine with emergency stop button

u Press emergency stop button.
Releasing emergency stop button

u Press emergency stop button and turn clockwise.
u Set ignition key to I.
3.3.14 Travelling
DANGER
Steering directions reversed!
If sprocket wheels are at front of the machine:
u Drive carefully.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
116 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Travelling in straight line
Fig. 204: Travelling in straight line

1 Left travelling pedal 3 Idler-wheel
2 Right travelling pedal 4 Sprocket wheel
q Idler-wheel 3 is on front of machine.
u Travel forwards in straight line: Simultaneously press left travelling pedal 1
forwards A and right travelling pedal 2 forwards B.
u Travel backwards in straight line: Simultaneously press left travelling pedal 1
backwards C and right travelling pedal 2 backwards D.
Travelling around bends
Fig. 205: Travelling around bends

1 Left travelling pedal 2 Right travelling pedal
u Turn right: Press left travelling pedal 1 forwards A.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Turn left: Press right travelling pedal 2 forwards B.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 117
Operation
Turning on the spot
Fig. 206: Turning on the spot

1 Left travelling pedal 2 Right travelling pedal
u Turn right: Press left travelling pedal 1 forwards A and simultaneously press
right travelling pedal 2 backwards D.
u Turn left: Press right travelling pedal 2 forwards B and simultaneously press left
travelling pedal 1 backwards C.
Travelling sensitively
Fig. 207: Travel lever
When travelling sensitively is required:

u Insert travel levers in travelling pedals.
At the end of work:
u Pull out travel levers and stow in operator's cab.
Travelling in creeper gear and in automatic travelling

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
The creeper gear permits sensitive travelling and improves travelling behaviour on
difficult ground.
In automatic driving mode, the travel speed is adjusted to the ground conditions.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
118 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Key Status of LEDs Travelling Travel speed

Automatic Fast
Slow
Manual Slow
Tab. 18: Driving modes
u Select driving mode: Press creeper gear key.
3.3.15 Braking
DANGER
Machine tipping over!
Danger to life.
u Release travelling pedals slowly.
u Release travelling pedals.

w Travelling pedals return to neutral position.
w Machine is braked hydraulically.
w Mechanical brake blocks relevant gearbox after a few seconds.
w Machine stops.
3.3.16 Travel alarm (option)

The travel alarm is an acoustic warning signal. It sounds outside the machine.
Activating travel alarm

The travel alarm is activated automatically at the start of travel.
u Check whether travel alarm functions: Slightly depress one travelling pedal
before driving.
Adjusting period for deactivating travel alarm

u Set period for deactivating travel alarm to between 5 seconds and 20 seconds:
Contact Liebherr customer service.
Deactivating travel alarm

Depending on machine confirmation travel alarm can be deactivated.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 119
Operation
Fig. 211: Deactivating travel alarm
u Wait 10 seconds after activation of the travel alarm.

u Press the right button of the right joystick.
3.3.17 Driving on slopes

Maximum inclination angle when travelling is 30°.
Maximum inclination angle when travelling does not apply to working on slopes.
Maximum inclination angle when travelling applies exclusively if all the following
conditions are met:
– Machine moves in a straight line to the slope.
– Uppercarriage is aligned parallel to the undercarriage.
– Ground has suitable grip and strength.
– Machine is standard version with standard attachment.
Maximum inclination angle for working on slopes depends on machine configura-
tion.
DANGER
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

u Observe maximum inclination angle.
u Determine maximum approved inclination angle for working on slopes: Contact
Liebherr customer service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
120 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Driving on upward slopes
Fig. 212: Driving on upward slopes
u Position attachment as follows:

– Angle between boom and stick between 90° and 110°
– Bucket teeth aligned downwards
– Bucket teeth between 20 and 30 cm above the ground
u Start travel.
Driving on downward slopes
Fig. 213: Driving on downward slopes
u Position attachment as follows:

– Angle between boom and stick between 90° and 110°
– Bucket teeth aligned upwards
– Bucket floor between 20 and 30 cm above the ground
u Press creeper gear key.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
w LEDs in creeper gear key light up.

w Creeper gear is activated.
u Start travel.
3.3.18 Controlling working attachment

An information sticker on the side window of the operator's cab explains the oper-
ating principle of the controls.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 121
Operation
The controls described below meet the ISO standard for controllers and are part
of the standard equipment of the machine.
For machine with special control:
– Operator decides on activation of special control.
– Controls are option-specific.
Fig. 215: Controlling working attachment

1 Left joystick 2 Right joystick
DANGER
Unintended movements of the machine!
Danger to life.
u Before working with machine, always check function of control elements.
Controlling boom
u Lift boom: Move right joystick 2 in direction g.
u Lower boom: Move right joystick 2 in direction h.
Controlling stick
u Retract stick: Move left joystick 1 in direction a.
u Extend stick: Move left joystick 1 in direction b.
Controlling bucket
DANGER
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Guiding of bucket or grapple by hand!

Danger to life.
u Do not allow anyone to guide bucket or grapple by hand.
u Tilt bucket in or close grapple: Move right joystick 2 in direction e.

u Tilt bucket out or open grapple: Move right joystick 2 in direction f.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
122 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Controlling shovel flap
Fig. 216: Controlling shovel flap

1 Right double pedal 3 Right mini-joystick
2 Right joystick 4 Bottom dump shovel
Manual operation of shovel flap

u Close shovel flap: Press i pedal or move right mini-joystick 3 in direction k.
u Open shovel flap: Press j pedal or move right mini-joystick 3 in direction l.
Semi-automatic closing of shovel flap

u Activate semi-automatic closing of shovel flap: Press m button for at least
0.5 seconds.
w Shovel flap closes with maximum speed.
w Shovel flap is cushioned before reaching stop.
u Deactivate semi-automatic closing of shovel flap: Press m button or operate
shovel flap by hand.
Combining controls
u Move joysticks diagonally.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 123
Operation
3.3.19 Turning and braking uppercarriage
Turning uppercarriage
Fig. 217: Turning uppercarriage
u Turn uppercarriage left: Move left joystick in direction c.

u Turn uppercarriage right: Move left joystick in direction d.
Braking uppercarriage
u Brake uppercarriage: Release left joystick.
u Brake uppercarriage by maximum amount: Move left joystick in opposite direc-
tion.
Locking uppercarriage
Manual locking
Manual locking is stored when the ignition is switched off.
Key Status of LEDs Slewing brake

Applied
Released
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Tab. 19: Manual locking
Activating manual locking
NOTICE
Incorrect use!
Increased wear of slewing brake.
u Exclusively activate manual locking if uppercarriage is stationary or if absolutely
necessary.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
124 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
u Press slewing brake key.

w LEDs in slewing brake key light up.
Deactivating manual locking

w LEDs in slewing brake key go out.
Semi-automatic locking (option)
Fig. 221: Semi-automatic locking
Activating semi-automatic locking
u Move switch on right joystick down.

w Slewing brake is applied when uppercarriage is stationary or is just about to
stop.
Deactivating semi-automatic locking
u Move switch on right joystick up.

w Slewing brake is released.
Automatic locking
Automatic locking is not stored when the ignition is switched off.
The slewing brake is released when engine is switched on again.
Slewing brake is applied when uppercarriage is stationary or is just about to stop.
Slewing brake is released as soon as left joystick is moved.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Key Status of LEDs Slewing brake

Applied
Released
Tab. 20: Automatic locking

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 125
Operation
Activating automatic locking
u Activate manual locking.

u Press slewing brake key for 2 seconds.
Deactivating automatic locking

w LEDs in slewing brake key go out.
3.3.20 Turning alarm (option)

The turning alarm creates an acoustic warning signal. It sounds outside the
machine.
The turning alarm is activated automatically as soon as the uppercarriage turns.
Deactivating turning alarm
Fig. 225: Deactivating turning alarm

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
q Machine is not travelling.

q Uppercarriage is stationary.
w Confirmation required status symbol appears on the display.
u Press confirmation button within 5 seconds.
w Confirmation required status symbol is hidden.
w Turning alarm deactivated status symbol appears on the display:

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
126 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
w Deactivation of turning alarm is not saved after ignition is switched off.
Activating turning warning again

3.3.21 Overload warning system (option)

The overload warning system warns operator when the maximum permitted load is
reached or exceeded:
– Overload warning system status symbol appears on the display.
– Acoustic warning signal sounds in operator's cab.
– Control elements of the machine remain operational.
Maximum permitted load is dependent on machine configuration (undercarriage,
working attachment). Maximum permitted load is shown in load lift chart in opera-
tor's cab. (For more information see: 2.4.3 Information signs, page 34)
Specified loads according to ISO 10567 correspond to 75 % of the static tip load or
87 % of the hydraulic limit.
Load capacity varies dependent on the following points:
– Installation of parts of the working attachment
– Removal of parts of the working attachment
– Changing of the working tool
The overload warning system does not release the operator from the responsibility
of exclusively lifting loads that are known and approved according to machine load
lift chart.
Checking function of the overload warning system

Every time the machine is started and before loads are lifted, the function of the
overload warning system must be checked.
DANGER
Failure of overload warning system!
u Do not lift any loads.
u Have overload warning system repaired.
u Slowly extend hoist cylinder up to stop.

u Continue to operate hoist cylinder when stop is reached.
w Overload warning system status symbol appears on the display.
w Acoustic warning signal sounds in operator's cab.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Activating overload warning system

Overload warning system is activated by default.
u Press overload warning system key.
w LEDs in overload warning system key light up.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 127
Operation
Working with activated overload warning system
Note
Earth-moving operations create increased pressure on the machine.
When the overload warning system is activated, it can trigger repeatedly.
u Deactivate overload warning system for earth-moving operations.
If overload warning system triggers:

u Reduce reach.
or
Lower load to the ground without increasing reach.
Deactivating overload warning system

u Press overload warning system key.
w Confirmation required status symbol appears on the display.
w LEDs in overload warning system key flash.
u Press confirmation button within 5 seconds.

w Confirmation required status symbol is hidden.
w LEDs in overload warning system key go out.
3.3.22 Float position of hoist cylinders

The float position of hoist cylinders allows the boom to move freely according to the
terrain profile or the movements of the uppercarriage.
DANGER
Falling loads!
When float position of hoist cylinders is activated:
u Do not lift any loads.

q Working attachment has been lowered to the ground.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
128 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Selecting operating mode
Key Status of LEDs Operating mode

Switched off
Continuous operation
Manual
u Press and hold float position of hoist cylinders key until required operating mode
is selected. (see: tab. 21, page 129)
Activating manual operating mode
Fig. 237: Activating manual operating mode

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Select manual operating mode. (For more information see: Selecting operating
mode, page 129)
u Press and hold button a. (see: fig. 237, page 129)
3.3.23 Hoist cylinder protection (option)

The hoist cylinder protection reduces the pressure in the hydraulic circuit for
retracting the hoist cylinders in order to restrict the pushing force of the working
attachment on the material.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 129
Operation
The function is used in the following cases:

– When loading or unloading a ship, to prevent damage to the base of the ship
– When working with a plate vibrator, to prevent the plate vibrator sinking into the
ground
– During embankment works, to prevent the working tool sinking into the ground
and the working attachment being damaged
– When working with a working tool with automatic protection, for example a
hydraulic hammer, to prevent damage to the working tool and the working
attachment
DANGER
Machine falling back!
Danger to life.
u If machine is raised with working attachment, do not select or switch on hoist
cylinder protection and do not use working tool.
u When loading and unloading machine from low-loader, do not select or switch
on hoist cylinder protection and do not use working tool.
Protection for working tool without automatic protec-

tion
This protection applies to machines without Tool Control or machines with Tool
Control where a working tool has been selected that does not require automatic
protection.
Key Status of LEDs Meaning

Protection switched off
Manual protection selected via key (For more

information see: Selecting protection mode,
page 131) and activated via button (For more
information see: Activating manual protection,
page 131)
Permanent protection activated
Tab. 22: Protection modes for working tool without automatic protection
Protection for working tool with automatic protection

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
This protection applies to machines with Tool Control where a working tool has
been selected that does requires automatic protection.
The adjacent symbol indicates in the Tool Control display menu that the selected
working tool is parametrised with automatic protection.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
130 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Status of
Key Meaning
LEDs
Protection activated automatically as soon as
working tool is used
Manual protection selected via key (For more infor-

mation see: Selecting protection mode, page 131)
and activated via button (For more information see:
Activating manual protection, page 131) or activated
automatically as soon as working tool is used
Permanent protection activated
Tab. 23: Protection modes for working tool with automatic protection
Selecting protection mode

u Press and hold hoist cylinder protection key until required protection mode is
selected. (see: tab. 22, page 130)
Activating manual protection

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 248: Activating manual protection
u Select manual protection. (For more information see: Selecting protection

mode, page 131)
u Press and hold button a.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 131
Operation
3.3.24 Stick cylinder protection

Stick cylinder protection interrupts the extending of the stick cylinder before it hits
the mechanical stop.
The interruption position cannot be set by the operator.
Fig. 249: Switch on the left joystick
Switching off stick cylinder protection

Switching off stick cylinder protection is exclusively intended for positioning
machine on low-loader before transport.
NOTICE
Repeated and abrupt stops on the stop of the stick cylinder!
Increased wear of stick cylinder.
If stick cylinder protection is switched off:
u Retract stick slowly.
u Retract stick until stick cylinder protection is switched on.

u Press left joystick switch up or down and hold.
w Stick cylinder protection switched off status symbol appears on the display.
Switching stick cylinder protection on again

u Release switch on left joystick.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
w Stick cylinder protection switched off status symbol disappears.
3.3.25 Controlling special working attachment without mini-

joystick (option)
Selecting special working attachment

If available:
u Select special working attachment from Tool Control menu on the display.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
132 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Controlling special working attachment with double

pedal
Fig. 251: Controlling special working attachment with double pedal

1 Bottom dump shovel 4 Scrap shear
2 Hydraulic hammer 5 Concrete shear or pulveriser
3 Height adjustable boom 6 Laterally adjustable boom
If machine has only one special working attachment, this is controlled with left
double pedal.
If machine has two special working attachments:
– The first is controlled with left double pedal.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
– The second is controlled with right double pedal.

Description of control element information sign describes function of double pedal.
(For more information see: 2.4.3 Information signs, page 34)
DANGER
Unintended movements of the machine!
u Before working with machine, check function of control elements.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 133
Operation
Retracting cylinder of the special working attachment

u Press pedal a.
or
When first special working attachment is available on machine:
Press pedal c.
Extending cylinder of special working attachment

u Press pedal b.
or
Press pedal d.
Controlling hydraulic hammer

u Press pedal a.
or
Press pedal d.
Controlling flap of the bottom dump shovel

u Close flap of the bottom dump shovel: Press pedal c.
u Open flap of the bottom dump shovel: Press pedal d.
Controlling special working attachment with left

joystick
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 252: Controlling special working attachment with left joystick

1 Grapple with rotary actuator 3 Swivelling ditch-cleaning-bucket
2 Hydraulic quick coupler

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
134 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Swivelling special working attachment

u Swivel special working attachment to left a: Press and hold down button a on
the left joystick.
u Swivel special working attachment to right b: Press and hold down button b on
the left joystick.
Controlling locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler

u Extend locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler 2: Press and hold down
button a on the left joystick.
u Retract locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler 2: Press and hold down
button b on the left joystick.
3.3.26 Controlling special working attachment with mini-

joystick (option)
Selecting special working attachment

If available:
u Select special working attachment from Tool Control menu on the display.
Controlling special working attachment with right mini-

joystick
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 253: Controlling special working attachment with right mini-joystick

1 Hydraulic hammer 3 Concrete shear or pulveriser
2 Laterally adjustable boom 4 Bottom dump shovel

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 135
Operation
Controlling cylinder of the special working attachment

u Retract cylinder of the special working attachment: Move right mini-joystick in
direction a.
u Extend cylinder of the special working attachment: Move right mini-joystick in
direction b.
Controlling hydraulic hammer

u Move right mini-joystick in direction a.
Controlling flap of a bottom dump shovel

u Close flap of the bottom dump shovel 4: Move right mini-joystick in direction a.
u Open flap of the bottom dump shovel 4: Move right mini-joystick in direction b.
Controlling special working attachment with left mini-

joystick
Fig. 254: Controlling special working attachment with left mini-joystick

1 Grapple with rotary actuator 3 Swivelling ditch-cleaning-bucket
2 Hydraulic quick coupler
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Swivelling special working attachment

u Swivel special working attachment to left a: Move left mini-joystick in direction a
and hold position.
u Swivel special working attachment to right b: Move left mini-joystick in direction
b and hold position.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
136 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operation
Controlling locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler

u Extend locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler 2: Move left mini-joystick in
direction a and hold position.
u Retract locking pins of the hydraulic quick coupler 2: Move left mini-joystick in
direction b and hold position.
3.3.27 Reversing fan drive for radiator cleaning (option)
Key Status of LEDs Reversible fan drive Direction of rotation of reversible fan drive
Switched off Normal
Activated Reverse
Tab. 24: Operating modes of reversible fan drive

q Diesel engine is started.
u Press and hold down reversible fan drive key for 30 seconds.
w Reversible fan drive is activated.
w Direction of rotation of reversible fan drive is reversed.
u Release reversible fan drive key.
w Reversible fan drive is deactivated.
w Direction of rotation of reversible fan drive is back to normal.
Fan rotation can be automatically reversed at regular intervals (option). Activation
using reversible fan drive key remains possible.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 137
Shut-off functions
3.4 Shut-off functions
3.4.1 Stick cylinder shut-off and hoist cylinder shut-off

(option)
The shut-off is carried out exclusively to prevent exceeding the permitted range.
On approaching limits of permitted range end of permitted range before stick
cylinder shut-off status symbol or end of permitted range before hoist cylinder shut-
off status symbol is displayed on the display.
DANGER
Impairment of stability of the machine!
u At the limits of permitted range carry out slow movements.
DANGER
Inadvertent deactivation of the shut-off!
u Check before and after work if shut-off is activated.
Setting shut-off
Fig. 261: Percentages of the full stroke
DANGER
Unintentionally leaving the permitted range with working tool!
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

u When setting shut-off, maintain a safe distance appropriate to the work and size
of working tool.
Note
Percentages of full stroke are valid for specific stick or boom types.
u Determine full stroke after installing a new stick or after installing a new boom
type: Contact Liebherr customer service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
138 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Shut-off functions
u Position attachment into desired position for shut-off.
Fig. 262: Setting buttons and percentages of full stroke

1 Shut-off when lowering boom 3 Percentage of full stroke 5 Shut-off when retracting stick
button button
2 Shut-off when lifting boom 4 Shut-off when extending stick
button button
u Press corresponding setting button.
w Selected setting button is yellow.
w Selected setting button is white.
w Percentages of full stroke 3 correspond to percentages of full stroke
between the two mechanical stops.
Deactivating shut-off
DANGER
Deactivation of shut-off!
u Proceed carefully when the shut-off is deactivated. Operator is responsible for
potential accidents.
Deactivating shut-off selectively

u Press deactivating stick cylinder shut-off key or deactivating hoist cylinder shut-
off key.
w First LED of corresponding key flashes.
w First LED of corresponding key lights up.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 139
Shut-off functions
Fig. 266: Switch on the left joystick
u Press left joystick switch up or down and hold.

w Stick cylinder shut-off deactivated status symbol or hoist cylinder shut-off
deactivated status symbol appears on the display.
Deactivating shut-off permanently (option)

u Press deactivating stick cylinder shut-off button or deactivating hoist cylinder
shut-off button on the display.
w Corresponding button on the display is yellow.
w LEDs in the corresponding key of the control unit flash.
w Corresponding button on the display is white.
w LEDs in the corresponding key of the control unit light up.
w Stick cylinder shut-off deactivated status symbol or hoist cylinder shut-off
deactivated status symbol appears on the display.
Reactivating shut-off
After selective deactivation

u Release switch on left joystick.
shut-off button again.
w First LED of corresponding key goes out.
After permanent deactivation

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

shut-off button on the display again.
w Corresponding button on the display is yellow.
w LEDs in the corresponding key of the control unit flash.
w Corresponding button on the display is green.
w LEDs in the corresponding key of the control unit go out.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
140 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
General working methods
3.5 General working methods
3.5.1 Working without damaging machine
Longer downtime of diesel engine

u De-energise electrical system.
Fuel system
u Fill fuel tank before level of fuel tank is too low.
u Fill fuel tank after finishing work.
Rotation
u If resistance can be felt, do not force rotation.
Impact with hard material

u Do not knock working attachment against hard material.
Working with suitable bucket

u For rock work, do not use bucket with too much capacity or side blades.
Opening and closing ball valves

u Open and close ball valves: Move levers of ball valves to the stop.
Retracting and extending hydraulic cylinders

Hydraulic cylinders of following working attachment are concerned:
– Stick
– Hydraulic hammer
– Concrete shear or pulveriser
– Scrap shear
– Rotating working tool
– Additional stick
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 141
Fig. 273: Movement range of hydraulic cylinders

1 Possible movement range 4 Boom or stick
2 Permitted movement range with 5 Hydraulic cylinder
safety angle of 10° to end position
3 Prohibited movement range
u Do not fully retract or extend hydraulic cylinders of stick.
u Adhere to permitted movement range with safety angle of 10° to end position 2.
u Slowly retract and extend hydraulic cylinders near end stops.
Lifting machine
u Do not lift machine using working attachment.
In case of unintentional lifting:
u Do not use working attachment to brace falling movement.
u Slowly lower machine to the ground.
Diesel engine
u Do not let diesel engine run at idle speed for long periods.
u Shut off diesel engine when machine is not in use.
Travel gear
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Position sprocket wheel in rear area of machine in the following cases:

– Travelling over longer distances
– Pipe-laying work
u If moving earth in longitudinal direction, for example when excavating a ditch,
position working attachment above idler-wheels to travel backwards.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
142 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
3.5.2 Putting machine in working position
Fig. 274: Putting machine in working position
u Position machine on level and firm ground.

u Position working attachment above idler-wheel.
3.5.3 Working on a slope

The maximum inclination angle for working on slopes depends on the machine
configuration.
DANGER
Danger to life.
u Adhere to maximum inclination angle for working on slopes.
u Determine maximum inclination angle for working on slopes: Contact Liebherr
customer service.

q Uppercarriage is positioned with front facing in direction of slope.
q Automatic uppercarriage locking is activated. (For more information see: Auto-
matic locking, page 125)
Turning uppercarriage
u Exclusively execute movements slowly and evenly.
u Brake uppercarriage by maximum amount: Move left joystick in direction oppo-
site to uppercarriage movement.
When uppercarriage is almost stationary:
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Release left joystick.

w Automatic uppercarriage locking is activated.
w Uppercarriage stops.
Parking machine
It is recommended to park the machine on level and firm ground. If machine has to
be parked on a slope, adhere to following instructions.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 143
Fig. 275: Parking machine on a slope
u Position undercarriage and uppercarriage to be parallel to incline.

u Align stick at right angle to ground.
u Position bucket teeth towards the ground.
u Lower bucket to the ground.
u Activate manual uppercarriage locking.
u Place wooden chucks behind undercarriage.
3.5.4 Working with a backhoe bucket
Fig. 276: Working with a backhoe bucket

1 Aligning the stick and backhoe 3 Lifting up the material
bucket
2 Picking up the material
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
144 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
DANGER
Unsuitable movements of the working attachments!
Fatal or serious injuries, damage.
u Make sure that the backhoe bucket is not positioned close to the operator's cab.
u Carry out movements slowly and steadily.
u Note the load lift chart15) .
If the boom and stick are extended too far:
u Do not lift heavy loads.
Make sure that the following preconditions are met:

q Machine is in working position. (For more information see: 3.5.2 Putting
machine in working position, page 143)
Picking up material
u Align the stick so that its underside is at an angle of about 45° in relation to the
ground.
u Align the teeth of the backhoe bucket so that the teeth can penetrate the ground
at an angle of about 90°.
u Slowly and steadily retract the stick, and at the same time tilt the backhoe
bucket inward.
If the stick is at right angles to the ground:
u Slowly and steadily raise the boom, and at the same time retract the stick and
backhoe bucket.
If the backhoe bucket is full or the stick can no longer be retracted:
u Raise the boom and tilt the backhoe bucket in until the filling surface is parallel
to the ground.
Dumping the material

u Position the working attachment at the dumping point.
u Slowly tilt the backhoe bucket outwards.
If material is left behind in the backhoe bucket:
u Tilt the backhoe bucket inwards and outwards.
3.5.5 Ground surface grading

A backhoe bucket or a dozer blade can be used for grading the ground surface.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
15) The load lift chart indicates the permitted load at the end of the stick depending
on reach.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 145
Fig. 277: Ground surface grading
NOTICE
Moving the machine with a working tool anchored in the ground!
Damage to the machine.
u Do not move the machine if a working tool is anchored in the ground.

Grading with a backhoe bucket

u Lay the backhoe bucket flat on the ground.
u Compensate for the vertical movement of the stick: slowly retract or extend the
stick and progressively raise or lower the boom.
Grading with a dozer blade

u Lower the dozer blade onto ground.
u Drive the machine forwards and backwards.
3.5.6 Working with a hydraulic hammer LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 278: Working with a hydraulic hammer

A Approved work area B Work area not approved

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
146 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
NOTICE
Incorrect use of the hydraulic hammer!
Damage to the hammer and the machine.
u Work only with a hydraulic hammer approved by Liebherr.
u Follow the operator's manual of the hydraulic hammer manufacturer.
u Break only the approved materials.
u Do not use the hydraulic hammer as a lever.
u Do not break materials with the weight or inertia of the hydraulic hammer.
u Do not use the hydraulic hammer to move objects.
u Do not use the hydraulic hammer as a support to lift the machine.
u Do not operate hydraulic cylinders as far as the end stop.
u Close all cab windows.

u Position the uppercarriage only in the approved work areas A.
DANGER
Rockfall!
Death.
u Do not work with the hydraulic hammer towards the machine.
u Use the hydraulic hammer at right angles to the ground.
u Operate the hydraulic hammer.

u Do not work for more than 15 seconds on the same striking point.
If the material to be broken does not give way:
u Change point of impact and use the hydraulic hammer again.
3.5.7 Working with the grapple
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to a swinging grapple!
The grapple can damage the operator's cab and injure the machine operator. The
grapple can injure people standing in the vicinity. The stability of the machine can
be endangered.
u Never allow anyone to remain within the danger zone.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Make sure that the grapple does not swing too close to the operator's cab.
u Position the stick so that the grapple cannot swing against the operator's cab
during movement or braking.
u Prevent the grapple from swinging: move the joystick carefully and slowly.
u Do not raise heavy loads with the boom and stick moved too far out.
u Note the load lift chart16) .

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 147
3.5.8 Working with the clamshell
DANGER
Collision between the clamshell and the operator's cab!
u Make sure that the clamshell does not swing too close to the operator's cab.
u Carry out movements slowly and steadily.

Picking up material
Fig. 279: Picking up material

1 Aligning the stick and clamshell 3 Lifting up material
2 Closing the clamshell
u Align the stick at right angle to the ground.
u Completely open the clamshell buckets.
u Set the clamshell down at right angle to the ground.
u Close the clamshell buckets. Raise the boom at same time.
u Completely close the clamshell buckets.
u Raise the boom.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
16) The load lift chart states the permissible loads that can be lifted at the end of the
stick, depending on the reach.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
148 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Dumping the material
Fig. 280: Dumping the material
DANGER
Stability is at risk!
u Do not extend the boom and stick too far.
u Do not swing heavy loads too far to the right or left.
u Position the working attachment at the dumping point.

u Open the clamshell.
3.5.9 Transferring loads
DANGER
Incorrect operation and unsuitable ground endanger the stability of the machine!
The machine can rock or tip over! The travel gear can sink into the ground!
u Check the ground has a sufficient load-bearing capacity.
u Carry out all movements with increased care.
u Move the attachment as close as possible to the machine and carry the load
close to the ground if possible.
u Note the load lift chart.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Pick up the load carefully.

u Keep the load close to the machine and move it close to the ground if possible.
u Make sure there is adequate safety clearance to the machine and the operator's
cab (swinging grapple!).
u Carefully swing the attachment over the loading area of the transport vehicle or
the unloading point.
u Put down the load (empty the grapple).

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 149
3.5.10 Loading a transport vehicle
Fig. 281: Loading a transport vehicle
DANGER
Falling material!
u Make sure that no one is in the transport vehicle during the loading process.
u Do not overload the transport vehicle.
u Do not swing the working attachment over the operator's cab of the transport
vehicle.
u Do not raise the material unnecessarily: if possible, bring the machine to a

raised position relative to the transport vehicle.
u Position the transport vehicle so that it can either be loaded from the rear or the
side.
u Slew the working attachment over the loading area of the transport vehicle.
u Distribute the material evenly over the loading area.
3.5.11 Lifting loads

For load-lifting work, loads are attached to the working attachment with lifting tackle
for the following work:
– Lifting and lowering loads
– Transporting loads
DANGER
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

Danger to life.
u Make sure that maximum load capacity of machine is not exceeded.
u Exclusively operate machine with prescribed and functional safety devices for
load-lifting work in line with EN 474-5 (Europe) or ISO 20474-5 (international).

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
150 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
DANGER
Falling loads!
Danger to life.
u Make sure that maximum load capacity of lifting accessory is not exceeded.
Make sure for load-lifting work that following safety devices in line with EN 474-5
(Europe) and ISO 20474-5 (international) on the machine are in place and func-
tional:
q Lifting tackle for securely attaching a load, for example load lift hooks or
lifting eye on the working attachment or instead of the working tool.
q Overload warning system that indicates to the operator by visible and audible
means when maximum permitted load lift is exceeded.
q Line break safeties on cylinders of working attachment as per ISO 8643.
q Load lift chart in the operator's cab with maximum load lifts without consider-
ation of weights of quick coupler and working tool.
u Determine maximum load lift from load lift chart.
If quick coupler or working tool is installed on attachment:
u Deduct weight of quick coupler and working tool from maximum load lift.
u Make sure that maximum load capacity is not exceeded.
u Make sure that exclusively the rigger attaches and releases loads.
u Make sure that rigger leaves the danger zone after attaching and releasing of
load.
u Exclusively raise and lower loads vertically.
u Move loads close to the ground.
3.5.12 Lifting loads with quick coupler
Fig. 282: Lifting loads with quick coupler

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
1 Load hook 4 Safety flap

2 Lifting accessory A Permitted slewing range
3 Pick-up hook for working tool
The quick coupler has two load lift hooks 1 for load-lifting work.
The maximum load capacity value of each load lift hook 1 is specified on the quick
coupler.
Preparing load-lifting work

u Remove working tool from quick coupler and secure it.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 151
u Fully retract locking pin.

u Align opening of the load lift hooks 1 upward.
u Check function of the safety flaps 4.
Lifting loads
DANGER
Machine tipping over or falling loads!
Danger to life.
u Make sure that no-one is in danger zone.
u Have load-lifting work carried out exclusively by trained personnel.
u Exclusively move quick coupler within the permitted slewing range A.
u Exclusively attach loads to load lift hooks 1.

u Do not put load on safety flaps 4.
u Observe maximum load lift of the load lift hooks 1.
u Observe load lift chart in the operator's cab.
u Lift loads safely. (For more information see: 3.5.11 Lifting loads, page 150)
3.5.13 Lifting loads using working tool with load lift hook
If the working tool is equipped with a load lift hook17) , this allows load lifting work to
be performed, for example lifting manhole rings or pipelines. The maximum load lift
of the load lift hook is specified on the identification tag.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 283: Load-lifting work with load lift hook

1 Load lift hook 2 Lifting accessories
17) Option

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
152 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
DANGER
Incorrectly lifted load!
Fatal or serious injuries. Lifted loads falling.
u Make sure no-one is in the danger zone.
u Only personnel who have been trained in lifting loads are allowed to perform
this work.
u Do not use pick-lift hooks or safety flaps for lifting loads.
u Only attach lifting accessories to the load lift hook.
u Comply with the notes in the “Lifting loads” chapter. (For more information see:
3.5.11 Lifting loads, page 150)
u Comply with the load lift chart in the operator's cab and the maximum load lift of
the load lift hook.
u Tilt in the backhoe bucket until the lifting accessory can be securely attached to
the load lift hook.
u Attach lifting accessories specifically as shown in the illustration.
u Make sure that the lifting accessory hangs downwards freely and does not slide
or swing over the body of the backhoe bucket.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 153
Installing and removing working attachment
3.6 Installing and removing working attach-

ment
3.6.1 Installing and removing working attachment pins
Introduction
u Never align bores in working attachment with bare hands.
Removing working attachment pins

u Remove working attachment pins: Use hydraulic pin press.
If no hydraulic pin press is available:
u Use sledgehammer and mandrel held firmly by helper.
Installing working attachment pins

u Screw drive head supplied in tool box into threaded bore of pin of working
attachment.
u Insert working attachment pin in bore of working attachment.
u Insert working attachment pins to the stop: Exclusively strike driver head.
u Screw in knurled nut until there is contact.
u Tighten knurled nut until roll pin can be inserted.
3.6.2 Installing and removing bucket

The affected working tools are:
– Backhoe bucket
– Ditch-cleaning bucket
– Ripper teeth
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
154 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Fig. 284: Installing and removing bucket

A Bearing (stick side) 4 Pin
B Bearing (connecting rod side) 5 Locking plate
1 Bucket 6 Stick
2 Connecting rod 7 Restrictor check valve
3 Sealing ring 8 Stopcock
30 O-ring
q Bottom part of bucket 1 is resting fully on ground.
Installing bucket
Note
The weight of buckets varies. Restrictor check valves of stick cylinder and bucket
cylinder must be adjusted to minimise vibrations and impact loads on attachment.
u Contact Liebherr customer service after installing a new bucket or after first
installation.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

q Grease used is approved. (For more information see: 5.3.9 Greases, page 220)
u Position attachment so that bearings of the stick 6 are aligned with bearings
(stick side) A of the bucket 1.
u Insert pin 4 and sealing rings 3 in bearings (stick side) A of bucket 1. Note
installation direction of the sealing rings 3.
u Push O-rings 30 inwards.
u Lock pin 4: Attach locking plate 5.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 155
u Position attachment so that hole of the connecting rod 2 is aligned with bearings
(connecting rod side) B of the bucket 1.
u Insert pin 4 in bearings (stick side) A of the bucket 1 in the same way.
u Lubricate pins 4 via grease fitting until clear grease emerges from bearings.
u Turn stopcocks 8 of attachment to position 0. This does not apply to machines
with Likufix hydraulic coupling system or machines without grapple hoses.
Removing bucket
u Remove locking plate 5.
u Pull pins 4 and sealing rings 3 from bearings. If necessary, make it easier to pull
pin 4 out of bearings (stick side) A of bucket 1: Slightly raise attachment.
3.6.3 Installing and removing bucket with special seal
Fig. 285: Installing and removing bucket with special seal

A Bearing (stick side) 5 O-ring
B Bearing (connecting rod side) 6 Pin
1 Bucket 7 Stick
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
2 Connecting rod 8 Restrictor check valve

3 Screw and nut system 9 Stopcock
4 Cover
q Bottom part of bucket 1 is resting fully on ground.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
156 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Installing bucket with special seal
Note
The weight of buckets varies. Restrictor check valves of stick cylinder and bucket
cylinder must be adjusted to minimise vibrations and impact loads on attachment.
u Contact Liebherr customer service after installing a new bucket or after first
installation.

u Position attachment so that bearings of the stick 7 are aligned with bearings
(stick side) A of the bucket 1.
u Insert pin 6 and sealing rings in bearings (stick side) A of bucket 1.
u Insert O-rings 5 and covers 4.
u Position attachment so that hole of the connecting rod 2 is aligned with bearings
(connecting rod side) B of the bucket 1.
u Insert pin 6 in bearings (stick side) A of the bucket 1 in the same way.
u Lubricate pins 6 via grease fitting until clear grease emerges from bearings.
with Likufix hydraulic coupling system or machines without grapple hoses.
Removing bucket with special seal

u Remove covers 4 and O-rings 5.
u Pull pins 6 out of bearings. If necessary, make it easier to pull pin 6 out of bear-
ings A of bucket 1: Slightly raise attachment.
3.6.4 Using quick coupler

u Follow operator's manual of the quick coupler manufacturer.
3.6.5 Installing and removing grapple on stick

Two people are required for installing and removing a grapple.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 157
Fig. 286: Installing and removing grapple on stick

1 Plate 6 Connection 11 Change lever
2 Pin 7 Connection 12 Connecting rod
3 Seal 8 Cotter pin 13 Stopcock
4 Connection 9 Securing pin
5 Connection 10 Holder
DANGER
Swinging grapple!
u Always maintain eye contact with the spotter.

q Hydraulic hoses required for grapple operation are on the stick.
q Grapple is on the ground in upright position and with fully opened tines.
Installing grapple on stick

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Locking connecting rod

u Retract bucket cylinder to the stop.
u Attach holder 10 to change lever 11.
u Insert locking pin 9 into bearing of connecting rod 12 and into holder 10.
u Secure connecting rod 12 with cotter pins 8 on both sides of locking pin 9.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
158 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Installing grapple
u Position attachment so that bearings of stick are aligned with bearings of
grapple.
u Insert pin 2 and secure with plate 1.
u Depressurise hydraulic system. (For more information see: 5.10.1 Depressu-
rising hydraulic system, page 245)
u Connect hydraulic hoses of opening and closing cylinders of grapple to connec-
tion 4 and connection 6.
u For grapple with rotary actuator, connect hydraulic hoses of grapple rotator to
connection 5 and connection 7.
with Likufix hydraulic coupling system.
Removing grapple
u Retract bucket cylinder to the stop.
u Pull locking pin 9 from connecting rod 12.
u Separate hydraulic hoses of opening and closing cylinders of grapple from
u For grapple with rotary actuator, separate connect hydraulic hoses of grapple
rotator from connection 5 and connection 7.
u Prevent penetration by dust: Seal all unused openings.
u Wedge grapple.
u Remove plate 1 and remove pin 2 from bearing.
u Make it easier to pull out pin 2: Lift attachment.
3.6.6 Installing and removing grapple on industrial stick

Two people are required for installing and removing a grapple.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 159
Fig. 287: Installing and removing grapple on industrial stick

1 Plate 4 Connection
2 Pin 5 Connection
3 Connection 6 Connection
DANGER
Swinging grapple!
u Always maintain eye contact with the spotter.

q Hydraulic hoses required for grapple operation are on the stick.
q Grappler is on the ground in upright position and with fully opened tines.
Installing grapple on industrial stick

u Position attachment so that bearings of the stick are aligned with bearings of the
grapple.
u Insert pin 2 and secure with plate 1.
u Connect hydraulic hoses of the opening and closing cylinders of the grapple to
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

u For grapple with rotary actuator, connect hydraulic hoses of the grapple rotator
to connection 3 and connection 6.
u Turn shut-off valves of attachment to position 1. This does not apply to
machines with Likufix hydraulic coupling.
Removing grapple on industrial stick


R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
160 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

u Separate hydraulic hoses of the opening and closing cylinders of the grapple
from connection 4 and connection 5.
u For grapple with rotary actuator, separate connect hydraulic hoses of the
grapple rotator from connection 3 and connection 6.
u Prevent penetration by dust: Close all free openings.
u Wedge grapple.
u Remove plate 1 and remove pin 2 from bearing. Make it easier to pull out pin 2:
Slightly raise attachment as required.
3.6.7 Installing and removing stick

u Contact Liebherr customer service.
3.6.8 Installing and removing boom

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 161
Parking machine
3.7 Parking machine
u Park machine on level and firm ground. Avoid parking on slopes.

If ambient temperature is below 0 °C:
u Avoid freezing onto the ground: Park machine on boards.
u Align uppercarriage parallel to undercarriage.
For wheeled excavator:
u Make sure that oscillating axles are at the front.
For crawler excavator:
u Make sure that sprocket wheels are at the back.
u Lower working attachment to the ground.
u Put control elements in neutral position.
u Lock slewing brake.
u Make sure that ignition key is on I.
u Make sure that safety lever or folding console is down. (For more information
see: 3.2.6 Folding console, page 59)
u Carefully move joysticks and pedals in all directions.
u Pull up safety lever or folding console.
If machine is equipped with wheeled undercarriage:
u Release service brake.
u Secure machine with chocks to prevent it rolling away.
u Close and lock all doors, covers and hoods on the machine.
u Pull out all keys and secure machine against unauthorised use.
If machine is equipped with energy recuperation cylinder and block type ball valves
on hoist cylinders:
u Close block type ball valves on the hoist cylinders.
If machine will not be used for a long time:
u Switch off power supply of electrical system.
Note
Extended downtimes!
Discharged battery.
u Check charging state of battery.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
162 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Installing and removing the counterweight
3.8 Installing and removing the counterweight
3.8.1 Installing and removing counterweight
Fig. 288: Installing and removing counterweight

1 Lifting eye 3 Mounting bolt 5 Centring piece
2 Counterweight 4 Uppercarriage
The following table contains the values to be taken into account when selecting
lifting accessories for a standard counterweight.
Weight of counterweight Force F Force T

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
14.1 t 138 kN 80 kN
16 t 157 kN 91 kN
Tab. 25: Technical data

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 163
Installing and removing the counterweight
DANGER
Falling counterweight!
Danger to life.
u Make sure that all mounting bolts are tightened with prescribed tightening
torque.
Installing counterweight
u Attach lifting accessory to lifting eyes 1.
u Maintain angle of 60° between counterweight 2 and lifting accessory.
u Lift counterweight 2 and place on uppercarriage 4.
u Make sure that centring pieces 5 are inserted correctly in uppercarriage 4.
u Check thread condition of mounting bolts 3 by means of visual inspection and
replace if necessary.
u Check number of markings on mounting bolts 3. Coated mounting bolts can be
reused three times. Black greased mounting bolts can be reused ten times.
u Screw in mounting bolts 3 and tighten with 4975 Nm.
u Remove lifting accessory from counterweight 2.
Removing counterweight
u Remove stick.
u Lower boom to the ground.
u Prepare wooden chocks on level and firm surface.
u Attach lifting accessory to lifting eyes 1.
u Remove mounting bolts 3.
u Mark mounting bolts 3.
u Lift counterweight 2 and place on wooden chocks.
u Remove lifting accessory from counterweight 2.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
164 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Transport
3.9 Transport
3.9.1 Adjusting undercarriage width mechanically (option)
General information
The side frames are exclusively retracted into the undercarriage for transporting
the machine. The side frames must always be extended when working with the
machine. Adjusting the undercarriage width requires great care. The positions of
both side frames are adjusted one after the other.
Fig. 289: Adjusting undercarriage width mechanically

1 Middle piece of undercarriage 5 Mounting bolt of stop
2 Side frame 6 Protective cap 18)
3 Mounting bolt of side frame 7 Mounting bolt of protective cap 18)
4 Stop
NOTICE
Incorrect mechanical adjustment of undercarriage width!
Damage to undercarriage.
u Do not unscrew mounting bolts of stops.
u Do not remove mounting bolts of both side frames at the same time.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

q Experienced third person instructs operator.
q Machine is on level and firm ground.
u If necessary remove protective caps from hydraulic hoses of travel motors on
middle piece of undercarriage 1.
Sensitive travel required:
18) Depending on machine type.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 165
Transport
u Always use travel levers.

u Do not exceed speed step 3.
Retracting side frames
Preparations
If machine is equipped with protective caps 6:
u Remove mounting bolts of protective cap 7 and remove protective cap 6.
u Remove all mounting bolts 3 of left side frame.
u Clean and lubricate contact surfaces of mounting points on left side frame and
on middle piece of undercarriage 1.
Retracting left side frame

u Move working attachment over mounting point b: Turn uppercarriage.
u Extend working attachment and position it as close as possible to the ground.
u Retract left side frame at mounting point a: Move left travel lever forwards.
u Continue movement until left side frame is retracted at mounting point a by 3 to
4 cm.
w Dimension Xa is reduced by 3 to 4 cm.
u Move working attachment over mounting point a: Turn uppercarriage.

u Retract left side frame at the mounting point b: Move left travel lever backwards.
u Continue movement until left side frame is retracted at mounting point b by 6 to
8 cm.
w Dimension Xb is reduced by 6 to 8 cm.
u Repeat retraction processes in alternating order on side a and side b, always
retracting left side frame by 6 to 8 cm until it is at stop on both mounting points a
and b at the same time.
Attaching retracted side frame
Machine Position of mounting bolts Number of Features Tight-

type mounting ening
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
bolts torque
R 936
M27 —
4x6 strength 1230 Nm
class 10.9

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
166 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Transport

type mounting ening
bolts torque
R 946
R 950
R 950 M30 —
Demolition 4x6 strength 1650 Nm
class 10.9
R 950
Tunnel
R 956
R 966
M36 —
class 10.9
R 976
M36 —
class 10.9
u Check thread condition of mounting bolts of side frame 3 by means of visual

inspection and replace mounting bolts if necessary.
u Check number of markings on mounting bolts of side frame 3. Use mounting
bolts of side frame 3 a maximum of six times (maximum three retractions of side
frame and three extensions of side frame with one set of mounting bolts 3
permitted).
u Insert mounting bolts of side frame 3 without tightening them.
If mounting bolts of side frame 3 cannot be inserted easily:
u Insert 2 or 3 sequential mounting bolts of side frame 3 on front mounting or on
back mounting without tightening them.
u Slightly retract or extend side frame at other mounting point until mounting bolts
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
of side frame 3 can be inserted easily.

u Insert all mounting bolts of side frame 3 cross-wise and tighten with prescribed
tightening torque.
u Store away surplus mounting bolts, associated spacers, covers and associated
mounting bolts in the machine's tool box.
Retracting right side frame

u Retract right side frame: Repeat entire procedure.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 167
Transport
Extending side frames
Preparation
u Remove all mounting bolts 3 of left side frame.
Extending left side frame

u Move working attachment over mounting point b: Turn uppercarriage.
u Extend working attachment and position it as close as possible to the ground.
u Extend left side frame at mounting point a: Move right travel lever backwards.
u Continue movement until left side frame is extended at mounting point a by 3 to
4 cm.
w Dimension Xa is increased by 3 to 4 cm.
u Move working attachment over mounting point a: Turn uppercarriage.

u Extend left side frame at mounting point b: Move right travel lever forwards.
u Continue movement until left side frame is extended at mounting point b by 6 to
8 cm.
w Dimension Xb is increased by 6 to 8 cm.
u Repeat extension processes in alternating order on side a and side b, always
extending left side frame by 6 to 8 cm until it is at stop on both mounting
points a and b at the same time.
Attaching extended side frame

type mounting ening
bolts torque
R936 Mounting
bolts of side
frames 3:
4 x 10 M27 —
strength 1230 Nm
class 10.9
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
168 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Transport

type mounting ening
bolts torque
R 946 Mounting
bolts of side
R 950
frames 3:
R 950 M30 -
4 x 10
Demolition strength 1650 Nm
R 950 class 10.9
Tunnel
R 956
R 966 Mounting
bolts of side M36 -
frames 3: strength 2900 Nm
class 10.9
4 x 10
Mounting
bolts 7 of M36 -
protective strength 1950 Nm
caps 6: class 8.8
4x2
R 976 Mounting
bolts of side M36 -
frames 3: strength 2900 Nm
class 10.9
4 x 13
Mounting
bolts 7 of M36 -
protective strength 1950 Nm
caps 6: class 8.8
4x2
u Check thread condition of mounting bolts of side frame 3 by means of visual

inspection and replace mounting bolts if necessary.
u Check number of markings on mounting bolts of side frame 3. Use mounting
bolts of side frame 3 a maximum of six times (maximum three retractions of side
frame and three extensions of side frame with one set of mounting bolts 3
permitted).
u Insert mounting bolts of side frame 3 without tightening them.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
If mounting bolts of side frame 3 cannot be inserted easily:

u Insert 2 or 3 sequential mounting bolts of side frame 3 on front mounting or on
back mounting without tightening them.
u Slightly retract or extend side frame at other mounting point until mounting bolts
of side frame 3 can be inserted easily.
u Insert all mounting bolts of side frame 3 cross-wise and tighten with prescribed
tightening torque.
u Lightly lubricate exposed parts of sliding surfaces of side frame.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 169
Transport
If machine is equipped with protective caps 6:

u Install protective cap 6.
u Insert mounting bolts of protective cap 7 and tighten with prescribed tightening
torque.
Extending right side frame

u Extend right side frame: Repeat entire procedure.
3.9.2 Driving machine onto low-loader (machine transporter)
Positioning machine
Fig. 302: Positioning machine

q Machine undercarriage is clean.
q Low-loader is clean.
q Third person instructs operator.
u Align undercarriage of machine with low-loader.
u Slightly raise attachment.
u Align uppercarriage so that attachment is in rear area of low-loader.
u Reduce undercarriage width. (For more information see: Retracting side frames,
page 166)
u Unhitch low-loader from tractor truck and position machine on low-loader plat-
form.
u Place on tear-resistant, non-slip straps with a friction coefficient µ over 0.6 in
accordance with standard EN 12195-1 between low-loader platform and centre
part of machine undercarriage.
u Hitch low-loader to tractor truck and slowly raise low-loader platform to required
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
transport height.
Positioning standard attachment

u Lower attachment to low-loader platform.
u Retract stick to maximum: deactivate stick cylinder protection. (For more infor-
mation see: 3.3.24 Stick cylinder protection, page 132)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
170 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Transport
Preparing machine
u Depressurise hydraulic hoses. (For more information see: 5.10.1 Depressu-
u Protect exhaust pipe of exhaust treatment system from rain and splashing
water: Cover exhaust pipe.
3.9.3 Lifting machine

The following table specifies the values to be taken into account when selecting a
lifting accessory for a standard machine.
Machine F1 F2 L H
R 966 59800 daN 10500 daN 4000 mm 4500 mm
R 970
R 976 79500 daN 13700 daN 4368 mm 4500 mm
R 980
Tab. 28: Technical data (see: fig. 304, page 172)
DANGER
Incorrect lifting!
Danger to life.
u Make sure that exclusively experienced persons lift machine.
u Make sure that exclusively experienced persons direct lifting machine operator.
u Exclusively use suitably dimensioned lifting accessories.

q Spotter is in field of vision of lifting machine operator or in radio contact with
lifting machine operator.
q Nobody is in danger zone of machine.
q Two suitable slings are available. (see: tab. 28, page 171)
Preparation
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Adhere to lifting points and tie-down points information sign in operator's cab of
machine.
u Find lifting points information signs on machine.
u Lower boom, retract stick, close bucket as far as it will go.
u Remove working tool and stick.
u Support boom end on ground.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 171
Transport
u Depressurise hydraulic hoses. (For more information see: 5.10.1 Depressu-

u Remove boom.
u Remove counterweight.
u If necessary remove exhaust tailpipe.
Installing lifting accessory
Fig. 304: Installing lifting accessory

1 Sling 3 Rear lifting accessory 5 Shim
2 Hoist cylinder pin 4 Mounting bolt 6 Nut
u Position sling 1 on hoist cylinder bearings.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Fasten sling 1 with hoist cylinder pin 2.

u Position rear lifting accessory 3.
u Lubricate mounting bolts 4 with oil.
u Insert new mounting bolts 4 with new shims 5 and new nuts 6.
u Tighten new mounting bolts 4 with 4500 Nm.
u Fasten sling of length H1 (see: tab. 28, page 171) to every ring of rear lifting
accessory 3.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
172 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Transport
Lifting machine
u Tension slings: Slightly lift machine with aid of two machines for lifting loads or
use crossbeam to ensure distance L (see: tab. 28, page 171)
u Lift machine.
3.9.4 Tying down machine

The lifting points and tie-down points information sign in the operator's cab shows
the tie-down type of the machine.
Fig. 305: Tying down machine

α Tie-down angle between lashing β Tie-down angle between lashing
chain and horizontal level Oxy chain and vertical level Oxy
Tie-down angle α Tie-down angle β

5° < α < 30° 20° < β1, β2 < 60° 15° < β3 < 50°
Tab. 29: Tie-down angle

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

q Tear-resistant, non-slip straps with a friction coefficient µ over 0.6 in line with
standard EN 12195-1 have been placed on low-loader platform.
q Lashing chains ensure a lashing capacity of 10000 daN or 13000 daN19) in
accordance with standard EN 12195-3.
q Tie-down angles are adhered to. (see: tab. 29, page 173)
19) For machines with tonnage above 73t

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 173
Transport
u Attach lashing chains to tie-down points of undercarriage that are indicated by

tie-down point information signs.
u Arrange lashing chains crosswise.
u Attach lashing chains to tie-down points of low-loader.
u Tie down any removed components.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
174 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Emergency operation
3.10 Emergency operation
3.10.1 Using emergency mode

Exclusively use emergency mode to perform following measures:
– Starting diesel engine in the event of an electronic error
– Releasing slewing brake
– Forcing all machine movements
Status symbol Inactive control element Status

Diesel engine at idle
speed or rated speed
Slewing brake released
Machine movements
slowed
Tab. 30: Properties of emergency mode
The main circuit board is behind the operator’s seat.

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 313: Main circuit board

S1 Switch 3 Main circuit board
S2 Switch

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 175
Emergency operation
DANGER
Slewing brake in emergency mode!
Danger to life.
u Inform staff that emergency mode has started.
u Reduce machine movements to a minimum.
u Have malfunctions that require using emergency mode repaired immediately.
NOTICE
Missing warning symbols and error messages on function of diesel engine on the
display!
u Have malfunctions that require using emergency mode repaired immediately.
Starting emergency mode

q Electrical system is live.
q Safety lever is up.
u Turn switch S1 (see: fig. 313, page 175) .
u Set ignition key to II.
w Diesel engine starts.
w Slewing brake is released.
w Exclusively following warning symbol appears on the display:
u Move safety lever down.

u Drive machine onto open space.
u Have malfunctions repaired without delay.
Setting engine speed in emergency mode

u Bring diesel engine to idle speed: Set switch S2 (see: fig. 313, page 175) to
low.
u Bring diesel engine to rated speed: Set switch S2 (see: fig. 313, page 175) to
high.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Switching off emergency mode

u Set switch S2 (see: fig. 313, page 175) to low .

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
176 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Emergency operation
3.10.2 Jump starting
DANGER
Explosion caused by hydrogen ejected from battery!
u Wear safety glasses and protective gloves.
u Keep away from ignition sources.
u Avoid sparks near flat battery.
u Exclusively use jump starting cable with adequate diameter.
Connecting flat battery to jump starting battery

u Use first jump starting cable to connect positive pole of flat battery with positive
pole of jump starting battery.
u Use second jump starting cable to connect negative pole of flat battery with
negative pole of jump starting battery.
Disconnecting jump starting battery from flat battery
DANGER
Excess voltage!
u Switch on attachment with high power consumption, for example working head-
light, uppercarriage lighting.
u Bring diesel engine to idle speed.

u Disconnect jump starting cable from negative pole of jump starting battery.
u Disconnect jump starting cable from negative pole of empty battery.
u Disconnect jump starting cable from positive pole of jump starting battery.
u Disconnect jump starting cable from positive pole of empty battery.
3.10.3 Lowering working attachment in an emergency

In case of a fault in the servo control circuit the working attachment can be
lowered.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 177
Emergency operation
Fig. 316: Emergency lowering of working attachment key

u Lift guard of emergency lowering of working attachment button.
u Press emergency lowering of working attachment button and hold until working
attachment is in required position.
u Release emergency lowering of working attachment button.
3.10.4 Central lubrication system
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 318: Central lubrication system

1 Grease fitting 3 Grease fitting
2 Lubricating pump 4 Lubricating pump

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
178 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Emergency operation
u Lubricate all bearings if lubricating pump 2 fails: Once a day or once per shift, fill
around 250 cm3 of grease into grease fitting 1.
u Lubricate slewing ring toothing if lubricating pump 4 fails: Once a day or once
per shift, fill around 120 cm3 of grease into grease fitting 3.
3.10.5 Towing
Towing machine
If diesel engine does not start or hydraulic system is defective:
u Do not tow machine.
Towing small loads with machine
Fig. 319: Tie-down eyelets for towing small loads
DANGER
Incorrect towing!
u Use faultless and correctly dimensioned towing device.
u Make sure there is nobody near the towing device.
u Make sure that applicable traffic rules and safety regulations are observed.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 179
Emergency operation
NOTICE
Incorrect towing!
Damage.
u Exclusively use tie-down eyelets on middle part of undercarriage.
u Do not use eyelets on side frame.
u Exclusively tow small loads such as compressors, generators or welding
machines.
u Prevent towing device from getting tangled.
u Prevent contact between chains and towing device: Travel in a straight line.
u Mount towing device on tie-down eyelets of middle part of undercarriage.

u Pretension towing device: Move off slowly.
u Drive smoothly to the destination.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
180 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
4 Malfunctions
The indicating unit signals operating faults by means of symbols and messages,
possibly in conjunction with a warning sound. The messages facilitate fault diag-
nosis.
Operating faults are often due to the machine not being operated or maintained
correctly.
If there is a fault, re-read the corresponding chapter in the operating manual.
Attempt to find the cause of the fault and have it rectified without delay.
Fig. 320
Note
Contact Liebherr customer service if the cause of the operating fault cannot be
detected or rectified.
u Only perform work that you are qualified for or have been instructed in.
u Describe the operating fault and all associated circumstances as accurately as
possible.
u State the machine type, serial number and year of manufacture.
4.1 Service code tables

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
4.1.1 Warning symbols

Warning symbols can be shown in any display menu.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 181
Malfunctions Operator's manual
Service code tables
Symbol Meaning Effect Remedy

Hydraulic oil level too low Damage to hydraulic system, Shut off diesel engine. Fill with
automatic reduction of hydraulic oil via collecting pipe. If
hydraulic power symbol is still displayed: Contact
Warning threshold: Hydraulic oil Damage to hydraulic system, Shut off diesel engine. Check
temperature too high automatic reduction of contamination level of hydraulic
hydraulic power oil cooler, clean if necessary. If
symbol is still displayed: Contact
Safety threshold: Hydraulic oil Liebherr customer service.
temperature too high
Oil temperature of pump Damage to hydraulic system. Shut off diesel engine. Check
distributor gear too high Automatic reduction of contamination level of pump
hydraulic power distributor gear, clean if
necessary. If symbol is still
displayed: Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Fuel tank almost empty - Fill fuel tank.
Water in fuel pre-filter; water in Possible malfunction of diesel Drain water from fuel pre-filter
fuel tank engine and fuel tank.
Warning threshold: Fuel tempera- Possible malfunction of diesel Shut off diesel engine. Clean
ture too high engine; automatic reduction of radiator. If symbol is still
diesel engine power displayed: Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Safety threshold: Fuel tempera-
ture too high
Warning threshold: Fuel pressure Possible malfunction of diesel Shut off diesel engine. Contact
in fuel low-pressure circuit too engine; automatic reduction of Liebherr customer service.
high diesel engine power
Safety threshold: Fuel pressure in

fuel low-pressure circuit too high
Warning threshold: Fuel pressure Possible malfunction of diesel Shut off diesel engine. Contact
in fuel low-pressure circuit too engine; automatic reduction of Liebherr customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
low diesel engine power
Safety threshold: Fuel pressure in

fuel low-pressure circuit too low
Coolant level too low Automatic shut-off of diesel Fill with coolant. If symbol is still
engine displayed: Contact Liebherr
customer service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
182 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Malfunctions
Service code tables

Warning threshold: Coolant Damage to diesel engine; Shut off diesel engine. Reduce
temperature too high automatic reduction of diesel load. Fill with coolant. Clean radi-
engine power ator. If symbol is still displayed:
Contact Liebherr customer
Safety threshold: Coolant temper- service.
ature too high
Air filter contaminated. Dust Damage to diesel engine; Empty dust collecting tank.
collecting tank full automatic reduction of diesel Replacing main filter cartridge of
engine power air filter
Warning threshold: Charge air Damage to diesel engine; Clean radiator. If symbol is still
temperature too high automatic reduction of diesel displayed: Contact Liebherr
engine power customer service.
Safety threshold: Charge air

temperature too high
Warning threshold: Engine speed Damage to diesel engine Shut off diesel engine. Contact
too high Liebherr customer service.
Safety threshold: Engine speed Automatic shut-off of diesel Contact Liebherr customer
too high engine service.
Warning threshold: Oil pressure Automatic shut-off of diesel Fill with diesel engine oil. If
of diesel engine too low engine symbol is still displayed: Contact
Safety threshold: Oil pressure of

diesel engine too low
Warning threshold: Oil level of Damage to diesel engine Shut off diesel engine. Fill with
diesel engine too low diesel engine oil. If symbol is still
displayed: Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Safety threshold: Oil level of
diesel engine too low
Safety threshold: Malfunction of Damage to diesel engine Shut off diesel engine. Contact
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
diesel engine in emergency mode Liebherr customer service.
Safety threshold: Diesel engine Damage to diesel engine Shut off diesel engine. Contact
shut-off triggered by engine Liebherr customer service.
control unit. Diesel engine in
emergency mode

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 183
Service code tables

Engine speed sensors defective Damage to diesel engine Shut off diesel engine. Contact
Voltage for diesel engine control Damage to electrical system, Shut off diesel engine. Contact
unit too high possible malfunction Liebherr customer service.
Voltage for diesel engine control Possible malfunction

unit too low
Synchronisation fault during Automatic shut-off of diesel Contact Liebherr customer

starting of the diesel engine engine service.
Diesel engine control unit defec- Automatic shut-off of diesel Contact Liebherr customer
tive engine service.
Malfunction in injection system Automatic shut-off of diesel Contact Liebherr customer

engine service.
Hoist cylinder protection defective Damage on the hoist cylinders Contact Liebherr customer
service.
Stick cylinder protection defective Damage to stick cylinder Contact Liebherr customer
service.
Grease container for bearing Possible bearing damage Fill grease container.
empty
Grease container for slewing ring Damage to slewing ring Fill grease container.
toothing empty toothing
Windscreen washer tank empty Limited windscreen washing Fill windscreen washer tank.
Servo pressure switched off Control of attachment and Contact Liebherr customer
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
uppercarriage not possible service.
Parameter setting error in the Starting of diesel engine not Contact Liebherr customer
software possible service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
184 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Service code tables

Incorrect combination of machine Limited machine function Contact Liebherr customer
and attachment parameters service.
Tab. 31: Warning symbols

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 185
Fault - Cause - Remedy
4.2 Fault - Cause - Remedy
4.2.1 Diesel engine and fuel system
Malfunction / error Cause Remedy

Starter does not turn. Main fuse defective Replace fuse.
Battery connections loose or Clean and secure battery connec-
corroded tions.
Battery voltage too low Charge or replace the battery.
Starter circuit discontinuity or contact Contact Liebherr customer service.
corrosion
Starter defective Contact Liebherr customer service.
Starter turns slowly. Battery voltage too low Charge or replace the battery.
Battery connections loose or Clean and secure loose battery
corroded connections.
Ambient temperature too low Observe measures for winter opera-
tion.
Diesel engine does not start or stops Fuel tank empty Fill fuel tank. Bleed fuel system.
immediately after start.
Fuel fine filter clogged Replace fuel fine filter.
Fuel line, fuel pre-filter or screen Clean fuel line, fuel pre-filter or
plate of fuel tank clogged screen plate of fuel tank. Bleed fuel
system.
Fuel system or fuel fine filter leaking Repair leaks and bleed fuel system.
Air in fuel system Bleed fuel system.
Fuel not resistant to cold Observe measures for winter opera-
tion.
Ambient temperature too low Comply with instructions on starting
at low outside temperatures.
Heating flange defective (at cold Have heater flange checked and
temperatures) replaced if necessary.
Diesel engine has difficulty starting. Leak or too low pressure in low pres- Have leak test performed.
sure fuel system
Diesel engine compression too low Contact Liebherr customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

Fault in electronic components Check error memory of diesel
engine control unit. Contact Liebherr
customer service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
186 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

Diesel engine switches off inadver- Power supply interrupted Contact Liebherr customer service.
tently.
Leak or too low pressure in low pres- Have leak test performed.
sure fuel system
customer service.
Low diesel engine power (reduced Malfunction in fuel system (clogged, Perform visual inspection and
power) leaking) search for leaks. Replace fuel fine
filter. Contact Liebherr customer
service.
Charging pressure too low Tighten loose clamps. Replace seals
and hoses. Clean air filter. Repair
turbo charger.
Intake air temperature too high Clean intake air filter. Check blower
(automatic power reduction by diesel power. Reduce ambient tempera-
engine control unit) ture. Contact Liebherr customer
service.
Coolant temperature too high (auto- Check the cleanliness of radiator.
matic power reduction by diesel Check fan and thermostat. Check
engine control unit) coolant level. Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Fuel temperature too high (auto- Contact Liebherr customer service.
matic power reduction by diesel
engine control unit)
Area of deployment more than No remedy; power of diesel engine
1800 m above sea level is automatically reduced.
Injection nozzles blocked or not Contact Liebherr customer service.
injecting.
Diesel engine compression too low Contact Liebherr customer service.
customer service.
Clogged exhaust treatment system Contact Liebherr customer service.
Inadequate diesel engine braking Fault in electronic components Contact Liebherr customer service.
power
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 187

Diesel engine becomes too hot Too little coolant Fill with coolant.
(according to coolant temperature
Radiator contaminated from inside Clean or de-lime radiator.
display).
or calcified; radiator contaminated
on outside
Thermostat defective Check thermostat and replace if
necessary. Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Coolant temperature sensor defec- Check sensor and replace if
tive necessary. Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Fan speed too low (exclusively Check fan drive and replace if
hydrostatic fan drive) necessary. Contact Liebherr
customer service.
Battery charge problem symbol Inadequate belt tension Check belt tension. Replace belt
lights up while diesel engine is tensioner if necessary.
running.
Belt cracked Replace belt.
Cable connections loose or sepa- Secure or replace cables.
rated
Generator, rectifier or controller Contact Liebherr customer service.
defective
Black smoke coming from diesel Exhaust treatment system defective Contact Liebherr customer service.
engine.
Exhaust gas is blue. Oil level in diesel engine too high Correct oil level.
Penetration and combustion of Contact Liebherr customer service.
engine oil in combustion chamber
Leak at turbocharger compressor Contact Liebherr customer service.
Crankcase breather filter defective Check crankcase breather filter and
replace if necessary.
Exhaust gases are white. Start of injection too late Contact Liebherr customer service.
Diesel engine is pinging. Combustion cycle is malfunctioning Contact Liebherr customer service.
Diesel engine rattles. Excessive valve clearance Adjust valve play.
Injection nozzles damaged or conta- Contact Liebherr customer service.
minated by carbon deposits
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Bearing damage Contact Liebherr customer service.

Piston rings worn or broken; pistons Contact Liebherr customer service.
seized
Unusual noises Leaks at suction hoses and exhaust Eliminate leaks and replace seals if
hoses generate whistling noises necessary.
Turbine wheel or compressor wheel Contact Liebherr customer service.
rubs against housing; foreign parti-
cles in compressor or turbine; bear-
ings of rotating parts seized

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
188 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

Diesel engine oil pressure too low Oil level in oil pan too low Fill with oil up to mark on dipstick.
Oil too thin (oil diluted with fuel) Drain oil and fill with prescribed oil.
Oil pressure switch defective Check oil pressure and replace
defective oil pressure switch.
Contact Liebherr customer service.
Oil pressure regulating valve defec- Contact Liebherr customer service.
tive or contaminated
Excessive play or damages of bear- Contact Liebherr customer service.
ings caused by worn bearings
Engine oil in cooling system Engine oil cooler or engine oil cooler Contact Liebherr customer service.
housing leaking
Coolant in diesel engine oil O-rings of cylinder liner leaking Contact Liebherr customer service.
Diesel engine oil cooler or diesel Contact Liebherr customer service.
engine oil cooler housing leaking
4.2.2 Hydraulic system

Unusual noises or noise emissions Stop valves on hydraulic tank are Shut off diesel engine immediately.
can be heard. Hydraulic pumps draw closed. Hydraulic oil level is too low. Check stop valve and fill level.
in air.
Machine movements are too slow. Selected speed step too low. Select higher speed step or different
operating mode.
Power modes do not achieve Control is defective. Contact Liebherr customer service.
required performance.
Hydraulic oil temperature is too Radiator is contaminated. Clean radiator.
great.
Fan drive is defective. Shut off diesel engine. Contact Lieb-
herr customer service.
Hydraulic oil level is too low. Hydraulic system is leaking and Contact Liebherr customer service.
losing oil.
No function assigned to control Servo control is switched off. Safety Switch on servo control. Push down
elements. lever is in upper position. safety lever.
Control is defective. Contact Liebherr customer service.
4.2.3 Travel gear

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

Oil escapes from the travel gearbox, Seal is damaged. Contact Liebherr customer service.
travel gearboxes, carrier rollers or
idler-wheel.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 189

Bad track guidance; track is sagging Excessive play in idler guide. Contact Liebherr customer service.
badly. Track comes off or skips.
Track tension is too low. Adjust track tension.
Idler-wheel or sprocket wheel is Contact Liebherr customer service.
worn.
Correctly tensioned track quickly Track tensioner cylinders are defec- Contact Liebherr customer service.
loses tension during operation. tive.
Grease fitting is leaking. Contact Liebherr customer service.
Travel gear is blocked. Travel gear is extremely dirty. Clean travel gear.
4.2.4 Electrical system

Charge indicator symbol is displayed V-belt is loose. Tighten v-belt.
after the engine starts.
V-belt has torn. Replace v-belt.
Alternator is defective. Contact Liebherr customer service.
Batteries are not charged, or not Batteries are faulty. Replace batteries.
charged sufficiently.
Battery connections are loose. Attach battery connections.
Battery connections have oxidised. Clean battery connections.
Cables are loose. Connect cables.
Cables are damaged. Replace cables.
Malfunction of control elements and Cables are loose or damaged. Contact Liebherr customer service.
display elements has occurred. Control is defective.
Fuse is defective. Replace fuse.
Engine speed cannot be changed. Sensor-controlled low idle automatic Switch off sensor-controlled low idle
is switched on. automatic or touch joystick.
Sensor controlled low idle automatic Control signal is faulty. Contact Liebherr customer service.
is not working. Engine speed does
not drop automatically.
4.2.5 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit

Heating does not provide warm air Stop valves of heating circuit on Contact Liebherr customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
diesel engine shut.

Diesel engine not at operating Bring engine to operating tempera-
temperature. ture.
Blower does not work Power supply disconnected. Contact Liebherr customer service.
Fan motor defective. Contact Liebherr customer service.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
190 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

Air circulation in operator's cab is Insufficient air output. Set air output to higher value.
weak.
Outlet nozzles closed. Open outlet nozzles.
Fresh air or recirculated air filter Clean air inlets, replace fresh air
contaminated. filter.
Temperature sensor damaged. Clean air inlets, replace fresh air
filter.
Lack of fresh air supply in operator's ECON key activated. Press AUTO key on display or on
cab. control unit A.
Malfunction in cooling circuit. Contact Liebherr customer service.
Inadequate fresh air supply in opera- Light sensor covered. Do not cover light sensor.
tor's cab.
An unusual noise is detected during Compressor damaged. Deactivate air conditioning unit.
operation. Press ECON key on display or on
control unit A. Contact Liebherr
customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 191
Problem remedy
4.3 Problem remedy
4.3.1 Fuses and relays
Resetting or replacing fuses
DANGER
Components under voltage!
Danger to life.
u Before working on the electrical system, de-energise electrical system.
u Before working on the electrical system, disconnect batteries from electric
circuit.
DANGER
Bypassed fuses!
Danger to life.
u Exclusively use genuine fuses.
u Do not bypass defective fuses.
u Identify cause of power failure.

u Repair or replace defective electrical components.
u Check condition and connection of fuse.
If fuse can be reset and is in good condition:
u Reset fuse.
or
If fuse is defective:
Replace fuse with original fuse of prescribed current value.
Electric cabinet E50

The electric cabinet E50 is on the partition behind the side door at the front right. LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 361: Position of electric cabinet E50

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
192 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Problem remedy
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 362: Electric cabinet E50
Current value Function

[A]
Switch fuses

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 193
Problem remedy

[A]
F4 8 Diesel engine stop
F5 50 Reserve
F6 20 Auxiliary headlight
F7 80 Heater flange
F10 8 Module A56
F11 8 Module A52 (24 V logic)
F12 8 Electric refuelling pump, fuel pre-heating
F14 16 Fuel pre-heating
F15 16 Horn
F17 8 Reserve
F18 8 Reserve
F20 20 Reserve
F21 16 Reserve
F22 16 Reserve
F23 16 Reserve
F24 8 Reserve
F25 16 Reserve
F26 16 Module A54/bank 1
F27 8 Emergency lowering of hydraulic height-
adjustable operator's cab
F28 8 Reserve
F30 16 Reserve
F35 8 Reserve
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

F37 8 Reserve
F38 8 Reserve
F39 16 Reserve
F40 8 Reserve
F41 16 Reserve
F42 16 Reserve

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
194 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Problem remedy

[A]
F43 16 Reserve
F44 8 Reserve
F45 8 Reserve
F46 8 Reserve
F47 8 Reserve
F48 8 KL30 for diesel engine
F49 16 Reserve
F51 Auxiliary headlight on boom
F52 Auxiliary headlight on counterweight
F53 Reserve
F110 50 Diesel engine control unit
Relay
K3 10/20 Horn
K4 10/20 Fuel pre-heating
K9A1 8 Servo control pressure in emergency mode
K9B1 8 Slewing brake in emergency mode
K10A 8/15 Auxiliary headlight on boom
K10B 8/15 Auxiliary headlight on stick
K11 8/15 Control system for diesel exhaust fluid
K12 8/15 Control system for diesel exhaust fluid
K15 10/20 Auxiliary headlight on boom
K16 10/20 Auxiliary headlight on counterweight
K17 10/20 Auxiliary headlight
Tab. 32: Fuses and relays in electric cabinet E50
Electric cabinet E62

The electric cabinet E62 is in front of the hydraulic tank behind a protective plate.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 195
Problem remedy
Fig. 363: Position of electric cabinet E62
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
196 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Problem remedy
Fig. 364: Electric cabinet E62

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

[A]
Switch fuses
F1 40 Power supply KL15
F2 8 Reserve
F5 50 Fuel pre-heating
F7 80 Heater flange

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 197
Problem remedy

[A]
F8 80 Power supply KL30
F10 8 Diagnostic connection for auxiliary heater
F11 8 Travelling pedals
F12 8 Joysticks
F15 16 Pump for diesel exhaust fluid
F18 8 Double pedals
F19 8 Power supply for relays K1A, K1B, K2A and
K2B
F20 20 Power supply of diesel exhaust fluid pump
F38 8 Module A51
F40 8 Module A51
F47 8 Reserve
F49 16 Auxiliary heater
Relay
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
K1A 10/20 Magnet system

K1B 10/20 Magnet system
K2A 8 Auxiliary heater/water pump
K2B 8 Auxiliary heater
K3 8/15 Pump for diesel exhaust fluid
Tab. 33: Fuses and relays in electric cabinet E62

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
198 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Problem remedy
Main circuit board

The main circuit board is behind the operator’s seat.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 365: Main circuit board

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 199
Problem remedy

[A]
Switch fuses on terminal 15 (KL15)
F6 5 Interior lighting
F7 30 Power supply 3/option circuit board
F14 10 Air-sprung operator's seat
F15 15 Control of air conditioning
F16 15 Control unit A
F17 10 Safety lever
F18 15 Sensors of module A165
F19 15 Power supply for modules A164/A165
F20 5 Sensors of module A164
F21 5 Display
F22 10 Master
F23 10 Control unit B
F24 10 Control unit C
F25 10 Control unit D
F26 10 Control unit E
F28 Power supply 1/option circuit board
F1_1 15 Control units B, C, D, E
F1_2 15 Option
F1_3 15 Option
F2_1 15 Option
F2_2 15 Option
F2_3 15 Option
F3_1 5 Camera power supply
F3_2 15 Option
F3_3 15 Option
F4 10 Cigarette lighter
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
F7 10 Power supply 3/option circuit board
F8 30 Condenser fan
F9 30 Front roof light
F10 10 Rear windscreen wiper
F11 15 Relay KL58
F12 30 Rear roof light

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
200 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Problem remedy

[A]
F30 15 Starting switch
F31 20 Air conditioning unit
F32 10 Roof glass panel windscreen wiper
F33 10 Front windscreen wiper
F34 10 Front windscreen wiper, lower windscreen
F35 15 Radio
F23 10 Control unit B
F24 10 Control unit C
F25 10 Control unit D
F26 10 Control unit E
F27 10 Master
Relay
K01 40 Condenser fan
K02 40 Front roof light
K03 Rear roof light
K04 15 Front windscreen wiper
K05 15 Roof glass panel windscreen wiper
K06 15 Front windscreen wiper, lower windscreen
K07 Rear windscreen wiper
K08 15 KL58
K09 15 Radio
K10 Emergency mode
K11 Warning sound in emergency mode on
malfunction of engine
K1_1 15 Option
K1_2 15 Option
K1_3 15 Option
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
K2_1 15 Option
K2_2 15 Option
K2_3 15 Option
K3_1 15 Option
K3_2 15 Option
K3_3 15 Option
Tab. 34: Fuses and relays of main circuit board

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 201
Problem remedy
Main fuses
Main fuses are under a protective plate behind front right door.
Fig. 366: Main fuses

[A]
Main fuses
F96 35 Power supply of electric refuelling pump
F112 100 Power supply of electric cabinet E50
F113 100 Power supply of electric cabinet E62
F153 500 Power supply for starter circuit
Tab. 35: Main fuses
u When replacing main fuses, tighten nut and locknut to 16 Nm.

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
202 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5 Maintenance
5.1 Inspection and maintenance schedule
General information
Shorten maintenance intervals according to operating conditions, for example:
– Dusty environment
– Oil quality
– Fuel quality
Always make sure lubricants, fuels, other liquids and replaced parts are disposed
of in safe and eco-friendly manner. The environmental protection regulations appli-
cable in the country of use must be adhered to.
The service packages in the spare parts catalogue contain the spare parts required
for maintenance.
Abbreviation
h = operating hours
Meaning of symbols
Symbols Affected employees

Filled-in symbols Operator or machine maintenance staff
Empty symbols Trained staff authorised by Liebherr
Tab. 36: Meaning of symbols

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 203
Maintenance Operator's manual
Inspection and maintenance schedule
Customer:....................Machine type:........................................... Serial no.:...................Operating hours:.....................Date:.................................
Maintenance / inspection after Tasks to be performed

service hours
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist

n Once-only activity staff
l Repeat interval o Once-only activity
ª If necessary m Repeat interval
Additional labelling T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
Additional labelling
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h
Have this task carried out exclusively by a

certified electrician
Complete machine
o l l m m m Checking machine for proper condition and tightness.
l l m m m Lubricating bearings on machine and working attachment.
m m m l250h Check components for cracks. 231
m m m If machine is operated under normal conditions: Check condi-
tion of non-slip paint on uppercarriage.
m m m m250h If machine is operated under dusty conditions: Check condition
of non-slip paint on uppercarriage.
o m m m Checking that line and screw connections are firmly seated.
o m m m Counterweight: Checking mounting.
m m Checking and adjusting the primary pressure, secondary pressure
and pilot pressure according to the testing and adjustment check-
list.
m m m Lubricating hinges, locks and gas pressure springs of doors, hoods
and windows.
T Cleaning rubber seals on doors and bonnets, treat with silicone,
talcum or deer tallow.
o Informing operator about operator's manual and safety instruc-
tions.
o Informing operator about intended use of attachment.
o Informing operator about maintenance and lubrication according to
lubrication chart.
Drive group
o l l m m m ª Diesel engine: Check oil level. 232
l l m m m Diesel engine: Checking condition, tightness and cleanliness.
m m m Diesel engine: Checking condition and mounting of the control unit.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
m m m Diesel engine: Checking condition of sensors and cable connec-

tions.
m m m Diesel engine: Changing oil (at least once per year). Attention!
Recommended engine oil E6.
m m m Diesel engine: Replace oil filter (at least once a year).
m m Diesel engine: Replace oil separator filter cartridge.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
204 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Maintenance

service hours

T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

² If engine oil from another manufacturer is used: Diesel engine:
Replace oil separator filter cartridge at intervals specified by manu-
facturer.
m m m Diesel engine: Check belt drive and replace belt if necessary.
m Diesel engine: Replace belt.
o m m m Diesel engine: Checking intake system and exhaust system for
damage, mounting and leak tightness.
m m Diesel engine: Check pump distributor gear, oil pan and engine
bearing for firm seat.
m m Diesel engine: Checking and adjusting valve play.
T Diesel engine: Checking heater flange.
m10000h Diesel engine: Replacing heater flange.
l l m m m ª Fuel pre-filter: Drain water. 233
l m m m ª Fuel tank: Draining water and sediments. 234
m m m Fuel system and lubricating oil system: checking for tightness and
condition.
m m m Fuel pre-filter: Replacing filter cartridge (or when power is
reduced).
m m m ª Fuel fine filter: Replace filter element. 235
ª Bleed fuel system.
o m m m Fuel tank: Checking mounting.
l m m m ª Air filter: Emptying dust collecting tank. 236
m m m ª Air filter: Replacing main filter cartridge (at least once per year). 237
m Air filter: Replacing safety filter cartridge (at least once per year).
² Air filter and air lines: Checking tightness and condition (when
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
replacing filter cartridges).

l m m m Pump distributor gear: Check oil level. 238
m m m Pump distributor gear: Changing oil.
Cooling system
o l l m m m ª Check coolant level. 240
m m m Checking cooling system and heating system for tightness and
condition.
m T Coolant: Check concentration (at least once a year). 241

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 205

service hours

Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

m6000h Cooling system: Change coolant (at least every 4 years).
² Grease cooling system.
Working hydraulics
o l m m m ª Hydraulic tank: Check oil level. 246
m m m ª Hydraulic tank: Drain water and sediments. 249
o m m m Hydraulic tank: Checking mounting.
m m Hydraulic tank: Perform oil analysis (at least once a year). (For
more information see: 5.3.6 Hydraulic oils, page 216)
m3000h Hydraulic tank: Change oil. (For more information see:
² 5.3.6 Hydraulic oils, page 216)
m Hydraulic tank: Replacing breather filter.
o n m m m Return filter: Checking and cleaning magnetic rod (once a week for 250
the first 300 operating hours).
o m m ² Return filter: Replace filter cartridge (in dust intensive applications,
replace filter cartridge every 500 hours and whenever oil in
hydraulic tank is changed). (For more information see:
o m m ² Return leakage oil filter: Replace filter cartridge (in dust intensive
applications, replace filter cartridge every 500 hours and whenever
oil in hydraulic tank is changed). (For more information see:
l m m m Bypass filter (option): Checking level of contamination of filter 250
cartridge.
m ² Bypass filter (option): Replace filter cartridge. (For more informa-
tion see: 5.3.6 Hydraulic oils, page 216)
m m m Control oil unit: Replacing filter cartridge.
m m m Feed pump: Replacing filter cartridge.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
m m m Hydraulic hammer return filter (option): Check degree of contami-

nation, replace filter cartridge if necessary.
l m m m Bleeding control valve block. 251
m m m Hydraulic components: Checking mounting.
m m Hydraulic components: Checking condition and tightness.
l Hydraulic hoses: Check condition and tightness. 251
m4000h Hydraulic hoses: Replacing when using synthetic esters (at least
every 4 years).

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
206 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

service hours

Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

Electrical system
o m m m Checking internal and external lighting of the machine.
m m m Batteries: Checking acid density and acid level in the battery cells.
m m m Batteries: Checking and cleaning wire terminals and terminal
posts.
m m m Batteries: Check condition and correct installation of degassing
hoses.
m m m Rotary connection: Maintaining slip rings (if present) with Cramolin
contact spray.
o m m Checking entire electrical system and its components.
Travel gearbox
o m m m Travel gearbox: Check oil level and tightness.
o m If travelling proportion of machine is greater than 12 %: Travel
gearbox: Change oil (at least every 2 years).
o m m If travelling proportion of machine is greater than 12 % or in
dust intensive applications: Travel gearbox: Change oil (at least
every 2 years).
m m Hydraulic motor and travel gearbox: Check mounting.
m m Check function of brakes.
Travel gear
o l l m m m Checking track tension, tightening if required. 254
l m m m Track pads and sprocket wheels: Check mounting. 257
l m m m Checking tracks, sprocket wheels, idler-wheels, carrier rollers and
track rollers for wear.
m m m Checking the condition of track guides.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
m m m Checking the idlers, carrier rollers, track rollers, and lubrication

nipple for tightness.
m m m Checking whether steps, catwalks and ladders are present.
o m m m Removable side frames (option): Checking mounting
Working attachment
l l m m m Lubricate working tool. 259
l l m m m Checking the pin connections for secure seating.
l l m m m Checking the steel structure for cracks.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 207

service hours

Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

l m m m Pin bearing: checking for wear.
l m m m Bucket teeth: Checking for wear.
ª Changing bucket teeth with Z system. 260
o ² Checking the overload warning system (option) according to the
regulations in force in the country where the machine is used.
Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning
l m m m ª Filling with windscreen washer fluid. 261
m m Heating: Checking tightness.
² Checking and cleaning the solenoid valve for the hot water feed.
o m m T Heating: Checking function.
l m m m Switching on air conditioning unit. 261
l m m m Clean pre-filter. 262
m m Replacing the filter cassette.
m m m Checking and cleaning condenser.
m m m Compressor: Checking mounting.
m Checking condition of electrical cables and tightness of plug
connections.
² Checking cold output after starting air conditioning system or after
repair.
² Replacing dryer collector unit after opening air conditioning
system.
² Having a refrigeration technician check the function of air flaps,
pressure switches and defrost thermostat.
Lubrication system
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
o l m m m ª Lubrication system: Fill with grease. 263

o l m m m Checking lubrication of bearings (grease collar).
o l m m m Pipes, hoses and lubricating points: Checking tightness and condi-
tion.
² Checking function of entire system, pumps and control (at least
once a year).
Slewing gearbox and slewing ring
o m m m Slewing ring, slewing gearbox and slewing gear motor: Checking
mounting.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
208 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

service hours

Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

o l m m m Slewing gearbox: Check oil level and tightness. 264
o m m Slewing gearbox: Change oil.
m m Slewing gear brake: Checking function.
m m Slewing ring: Checking meshing of slewing gear pinion.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 209
Filling quantities and lubrication chart
5.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart
5.2.1 Filling quantities
Lubricants
Designation Quantity20)
Diesel engine 60 l
Hydraulic system: Total quantity 1150 l
Hydraulic tank: Change quantity 622 l
Hydraulic tank: Filling quantity 536 l
Slewing gearbox 32 l
Travel gearbox 2 x 13.5 l
Pump distributor gear 10 l
Tab. 37: Filling quantities for lubricants
Fuels and operating fluids
Designation Quantity20)
Diesel fuel21) 1498 l
Coolant 120 l
Windscreen washer fluid 8.6 l
Tab. 38: Filling quantities for fuels and operating fluids
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
20) Guidance values

21) For France: Fuel GNR (Gazole Non Routier)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
210 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5.2.2 Lubrication chart

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 367: Lubrication chart

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 211
Symbol Meaning
Hydraulic system
Check oil level of the hydraulic tank
Diesel engine
Check oil level of the diesel engine
Gearbox
Check oil level of the gearbox
Lubricating points
Lubrication
h Operating hours
Observe instructions in the operator's manual
Tab. 39: Meaning of the symbols on the lubrication chart
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
212 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Fuels, lubricants and operating fluids
5.3 Fuels, lubricants and operating fluids
5.3.1 General information

Observe the information relating to lubricants and service materials. Lubricate the
machine and change the oils within the specified time intervals. For more informa-
tion refer to: “Lubricating chart” and “Inspection and maintenance schedule”. Keep
the workplace clean when performing these activities. This increases the reliability
and service life of the machine.
– Carry out all work on the machine on level and firm ground.
– Switch off the diesel engine, pull out the starter key and turn off the battery main
switch.
– Clean the lubrication nipple before lubricating.
– Clean all filler points including the surrounding area before opening.
– It is recommended to change the oil when it is at operating temperature.
– After each oil change or topping-up, check the fill level in the unit in question
(the specified capacities are guidance values).
– Collect used oil and service materials in suitable containers, and dispose of
them in an environmentally responsible manner in accordance with the appli-
cable regulations.
5.3.2 Oil analysis

Liebherr recommends having the oils used in the machine analysed at regular
intervals.
The oil analysis makes it possible to draw conclusions about the condition of the oil
and the progress of wear on the components. Detecting potential damage at an
early stage makes it possible to take preventative measures, and increases the
availability of the machine.
The analysis of the hydraulic oil, together with the laboratory report, make it
possible to determine when to change the hydraulic oil depending on the condition
of the oil. The oil change intervals are extended and the oil is changed at the
optimum moment. In addition, there is less waste oil to pollute the environment.
Oil analyses must be carried out by authorised specialist personnel according to
the inspection and maintenance schedule. If the number of operating hours speci-
fied in the inspection and maintenance schedule is not achieved within 2 years:
carry out an oil analysis for the identified oil circuits after 2 years at most.
5.3.3 Diesel fuels
Minimum quality requirements

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Approved diesel fuels in line with Diesel engine stage Diesel engine
DIN EN 590, ASTM D 975 1–D/2–D IV or Tier 4f stage III-A or Tier
3
Maximum sulphur content Up to 15 ppm Up to 5000 ppm22)
22) The sulphur content in the fuel determines the change interval in dependence
on the quality of the engine oil.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 213
Approved diesel fuels in line with Diesel engine stage Diesel engine
DIN EN 590, ASTM D 975 1–D/2–D IV or Tier 4f stage III-A or Tier
3
Lubrication properties at 60 °C 460 µm
Minimum cetan number 45
Tab. 40: Minimum quality requirements
Do not mix diesel fuel with fuel additives.
5.3.4 Engine oils
Liebherr recommendation
Description
Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30
Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30 low ash 23)
Tab. 41: Liebherr recommendation
Other approved engine oils24)
Description
Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40
Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 low ash 23)
Tab. 42: Other approved engine oils
Specification
LH-00–ENG3A
LH-00–ENG3A LA
If engine oils from other manufacturers are used, information on change intervals
must be obtained from respective manufacturer or supplier.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Difficulty factors
Difficulty factors have influence on the change interval of engine oil.
Adapt change interval of engine oil.
23) Formachines with diesel particulate filter use low ash engine oil (LH-00–ENG3A
LA).
24) Adhere to change interval.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
214 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Difficulty factors are:

– Frequent cold starts
– Sulphur content in fuel
– Environmental influences
• Operating temperature
• Dust
• High humidity
The sulphur content in the fuel determines the change interval in dependence on
the quality of the engine oil.
Sulphur content of fuel LH-00ENG3A Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30

Up to 15 ppm 1000 h 2000 h
15 ppm to 300 ppm 500 h 1000 h
300 ppm to 2000 ppm 500 h 500 h
2000 ppm to 5000 ppm 250 h 250 h
Tab. 44: Change interval of engine oil
5.3.5 Coolant
Requirements for water used

Make sure that water used meets the following requirements:
– In accordance with directive on drinking water of the World Health Organisation
(WHO) from 2006
Corrosion inhibitors
Description Manufacturer
DCA 4 (Diesel Coolant Additives 4) Fleetguard, Cummins Filtration
Caltex XL Corrosion Inhibitor Concentrate Chevron Texaco
Chevron Heavy Duty Extended Life Corrosion Chevron Texaco
Inhibitor Nitrite Free (ELC)
Havoline Extended Life Corrosion Inhibitor Chevron Texaco
(XLI)
Total WT Supra Total, Paris
Tab. 45: Liebherr recommendation with mixing ratio 50:50

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent
Type Description
Concentrate Liebherr-Antifreeze OS Concentrate

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 215
Type Description
Premix A) Liebherr-Antifreeze OS Mix
Ambient temperature Mixing ratio

down to -50 °C 40 % water 60 % anti-freeze and corrosion protection
agent
down to -37 °C 50 % water 50 % anti-freeze and corrosion protection
agent
Tab. 47: Mixing ratio
A) Premix = ready-mixed product (50% water and 50% anti-freeze and corrosion
protection agent)
Specification
LH-01–COL3A
If coolants from other manufacturers are used, information on change intervals

5.3.6 Hydraulic oils
Ambient temperature Description

Liebherr mineral oil
15 to 55 °C Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100
10 to 45 °C Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68
-20 to 40 °C Liebherr Hydraulic HVI
Liebherr-PAO 26) biodegradable
-25 to 45 °C Liebherr Hydraulic Plus
-40 to 30 °C Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

See global Liebherr specifications for products “GSP 10465804”.
26) PAO = poly-alpha-olefin

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
216 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
If hydraulic oils or filters from other manufacturers are used, information on change
and replacement intervals must be obtained from respective manufacturer or
supplier.
Oil analysis
Dust intensive application Normal application

Normal application (oil Liebherr mineral Every 250 h, at least once a Every 1000 h, at least once a
analysis optional) oil year year
Liebherr Hydraulic
Basic 68
Liebherr Hydraulic
Basic 100
Liebherr Hydraulic
HVI
Bio application (oil analysis Liebherr-PAO Upon handover, then every Upon handover, then every
prescribed) biodegradable 250 h, at least once a year 1000 h, at least once a year
Liebherr Hydraulic
Plus
Liebherr Hydraulic
Plus Arctic
Tab. 50: Oil analysis
Filter replacement
Dust intensive appli- Normal application

cation
Liebherr return filter Every 250 h, also during Every 1000 h, also
every hydraulic oil during every hydraulic
change oil change
Liebherr breather filter Every 500 h, also during Every 2000 h, also
every hydraulic oil during every hydraulic
change oil change
Liebherr bypass filter If necessary, every 2000 h
(option)27)
Liebherr bypass filter (option) If necessary, every 2000 h
integrated in return27)
Tab. 51: Filter replacement

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
27) For bio applications, a bypass filter is mandatory.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 217
Oil change
Without oil analysis With oil analysis28)

Liebherr mineral oil Every 3000 h Every 6000 h
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100
Liebherr Hydraulic HVI
Liebherr-PAO biodegradable Every 4000 h29) Every 8000 h
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
Tab. 52: Oil change
5.3.7 Gear oils

Gear oils specified in the table are not suitable for following gearboxes:
– Transmission
– Pump distributor gear (For more information see: 5.3.8 Pump distributor gear
oils, page 219)
– Automatic transmission

-30 to 50 °C Liebherr Gear Basic 90 LS
-35 to 50 °C Liebherr Gear Plus 20W-40
-30 to 50 °C Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP
-25 to 50 °C Liebherr Hypoid 85W-140 EP
-40 to 50 °C Liebherr Syntogear Plus 75W-90
Specification
API: GL-5
MIL-L: 2105 D or E, PRF-2105 D or E
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Adhere to device specifications according to ZF approvals.

If gear oils from other manufacturers are used, information on change intervals
28) Change oil after negative oil analysis.

29) For bio applications, oil analysis is mandatory.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
218 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5.3.8 Pump distributor gear oils
Machine without pump distributor gear oil cooler

-25 to 50 °C Liebherr Hypoid 85W-140 EP
Specification
API: GL-5
Machine with pump distributor gear oil cooler

5 to 50 °C Liebherr Hypoid 85W-140 EP

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Specification
API: GL-5

– Oil viscosity is approved for hydraulic oil cooler

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 219
5.3.9 Greases

From -20 °C Liebherr Universalfett 9900
From -55 °C Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
Thickener Shelf life Specification

Soap-based (lithium At least 3 years Pumpable according to KP 2 K
complex) (DIN 51502)
VKA welding force: ≥ 2300 N
(DIN 51350/4, ASTM D 2596)
5.3.10 Windscreen washer fluid
Liebherr recommends commercial washer fluid with anti-freeze.

Use mixture of water and denatured alcohol.
5.3.11 Lubricants and care products for electrical and

mechanical systems
Application Product
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Contact spray for slip rings Cramolin

Lubricant for pistons, piston nuts and piston Gleitmo 800
bearing installation on hydraulic cylinders
Special corrosion inhibitor for installation spaces Rostilo Tarp CFX
of sealing elements on hydraulic cylinders

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
220 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Access points for maintenance work
5.4 Access points for maintenance work
5.4.1 Access points on uppercarriage
Overview
Fig. 378: Access points on uppercarriage
No. Access point Access to

1 Centre hood Centre step, fuel pre-filter, coolant container
2 Motor bonnet Diesel engine, fuel fine filter, oil filter
3 Hood, rear left Hydraulic pumps, control oil unit
4 Side door rear left Air filter
5 Side door front left Hydraulic pumps, control oil unit
6 Hood, front left Storage compartment, tool box
7 Fuel tank hood Grease container
8 Side door front right Electric cabinet E50, main fuses, fuel cooler,
hydraulic oil cooler, air-conditioning condenser
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
9 Side door rear right Intercooler, pump distributor gear oil cooler, diesel
engine coolant radiator, batteries, battery main
switch
Tab. 62: Access points on uppercarriage

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 221
Locking access points
Fig. 379: Locking mechanism
u Completely open access point.

u Click locking mechanism into place.
5.4.2 Access points under the uppercarriage
Fig. 380: Access points under the uppercarriage
No. Access to
1 Power cables and hoses of air conditioning unit
and of heating of operator’s cab
2 Control valve block
3 Pump distributor gear drain valve
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
4 Diesel engine drain valve

5 Fan
6 Radiator drain valve
Tab. 63: Access points under the uppercarriage

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
222 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5.4.3 Access points on the undercarriage
Fig. 381: Access points on the undercarriage

1 Track tensioner 2 Travel gear
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 223
Preparing for maintenance
5.5 Preparing for maintenance
5.5.1 Maintenance procedures

The sequence of maintenance work is based on the maintenance and inspection
schedule. The ideal sequence for maintenance work is not allowed for.
u Clean the machine carefully before starting maintenance work.
u Observe maintenance intervals.
5.5.2 Safety instructions

u Make sure that no one is standing near the machine during maintenance or
repair.
u If necessary, secure a large area.
u Inform operating before starting maintenance and repair work.
u Appoint a supervisor.
If no other instructions have been made:
u Maintain machine on even, firm ground with working attachment lowered and
diesel engine or electric motor switched off.
If working under machine:
u Hang a warning sign stating "Do not switch on!" on the ignition key so it is
clearly visible.
u Switch off battery main switch.
If working above head height:
u Exclusively use approved safe ladders and working platforms.
u Exclusively use machine components intended for this purpose as climbing
aids.
Attach personal protective equipment against falling:
– When working with one hand on machine at a height above 2 m without a possi-
bility of standing with your feet sufficiently far apart to ensure firm standing
– When working with both hands on machine at a height above 2 m without suit-
able and effective protection against falling
u Wear safety harnesses when working at height.
u Keep all handles, steps, railings, pedestals, platforms and ladders free from dirt,
snow and ice.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
If machine is equipped with height adjustable cab:

u Put operator's cab in bottom position.
If operator's cab has to be positioned in top position during maintenance work or
repair work:
u Make sure that operator’s cab is supported securely and properly.
When working under a raised machine:
u Make sure that machine is supported in a proper and secure manner.
u Retract side frames.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
224 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Preparing for maintenance
u Avoid metal on metal contact.

u Make sure that changes to weight distribution do not endanger the secure
standing of the machine.
When work is performed in closed rooms with diesel engine running:
u Divert exhaust fumes outside of the room.
u Make sure the room is well ventilated.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 225
General maintenance
5.6 General maintenance
5.6.1 Welding
Welding on any main load-bearing or power-transmitting components must only be
done by the manufacturer or a dealership authorised by the manufacturer. This
applies irrespective of the welding process and the scope of the repair required.
NOTICE
Heating by powerful welding currents!
Bearings and sealing elements can burn.
u Attach the earth cable of the welding equipment close to the welding point.
u Avoid electrical current flowing through electronic components and parts such
as the slewing ring, joints, bearings, bushings, rubber elements or seals.
Before starting electric welding:

u Switch off the battery main switch.
u Disconnect the negative (-) terminal on the battery.
u Disconnect the electronic components.
After electric welding:
u Connect the electronic components.
u Connect the negative (-) terminal on the battery.
u Switch on the battery main switch.
5.6.2 Bleeding hydraulic cylinders

Cylinders must be bled in following cases:
– After maintenance work on cylinder
– After replacing cylinder
– After maintenance work on hydraulic system for supplying cylinder, for example
after replacing a hose
Bleeding hydraulic cylinder with vent plugs

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 382: Vent plugs of cylinder

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
226 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
General maintenance

u Unscrew vent plugs of cylinder.
u Screw on pressure ports in place of vent plugs.
u Fasten hydraulic hoses to pressure ports.
u Run diesel engine at idle speed.
u Position attachment so that the cylinder to be bled is at the stop.
u Operate carefully and hold cylinder at stop until oil flows out without any air
bubbles.
u Apply same procedure on the other side of the cylinder.
u Remove hydraulic hoses and unscrew pressure ports.
u Screw in vent plugs of cylinder.
u Follow procedure for bleeding cylinders without vent plugs. (For more informa-
tion see: Bleeding hydraulic cylinder without vent plugs, page 227)
Bleeding hydraulic cylinder without vent plugs

u Run diesel engine at idle speed.
u Carefully extend cylinder to the stop.
u Carefully retract cylinder again.
u Repeat this procedure five times.
5.6.3 Applying corrosion protection to piston rods

Applying corrosion protection to piston rods prevents corrosion.
Piston rods are covered with a thin protective film of hydraulic oil when they move
into the hydraulic cylinders. This protective film protects the piston rods against
corrosion. This protective film may decrease in case of longer downtimes.
Liebherr recommends preventive maintenance of rarely moved hydraulic cylinders.
Recommended corrosion inhibitor: “Liebherr Chrome Protect” .
NOTICE
Corrosion!
Damage to the machine.
u Check the corrosion protection every day.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u If required, apply corrosion inhibitor.
Note
In maritime areas, corrosion protection with a corrosion inhibitor spray might not be
sufficient!
u Apply a coat of acid-free corrosion protection grease to exposed piston rods.
u Remove grease before retracting the piston rods.
u Fully retract all piston rods every day.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 227
General maintenance
w The piston rods are covered with a thin protective film of hydraulic oil.
If it is not possible to retract all piston rods completely:
u Apply corrosion inhibitor on the exposed piston rods.
u As far as possible, park and transport the machine with the piston rods
completely retracted into the cylinders.
If it is only possible to park or transport the machine with exposed piston rods:
u Apply corrosion inhibitor on the exposed piston rods.
u Check the corrosion protection of the piston rods again after loading or manoeu-
vring the machine.
If anticipated that despite the machine being used, a hydraulic cylinder has not
been moved for a long time:
u Apply corrosion inhibitor on the exposed piston rods as a precaution.
u Check the corrosion protection every day on hydraulic cylinders which are not
moved regularly.
If there is to be a downtime of more than 4 weeks:
u Apply corrosion inhibitor to all exposed piston rods.
5.6.4 Cleaning the machine

In the following situations, thoroughly clean machine to remove all traces of
contamination and dirt deposits:
– After each work deployment
– Before maintenance work
– Before repair work
NOTICE
Aggressive materials and working environment!
Corrosion damage to machine or impairment of function.
If machine has come into contact with aggressive materials or has been working in
an aggressive working environment:
u Clean machine at end of work.
Regular cleaning prevents dirt and foreign particles from penetrating machine.
Clean machine immediately after following deployments:
– Working in salty environments (for example in contact with road salt, or by the
sea)
– Working with alkalis or acids
– Working with aggressive materials (for example calcium compounds, cement)
NOTICE
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Incorrect cleaning with high pressure water or steam cleaning!

Damage to electrical systems, cables and wire harnesses.
u Clean electrical systems, cables and wire harnesses with low pressure.
u Observe instructions of high pressure cleaner manufacturer.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
228 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
General maintenance
NOTICE
Incorrect cleaning with high pressure water or steam cleaning!
Damage to paint.
u Do not clean machine with a high pressure cleaner for two months after first
putting it into service (or after respraying).
u Observe instructions of high pressure cleaner manufacturer.
Cleaning outside of machine
Before cleaning
Before cleaning with water or a high-pressure cleaner, perform following activities
in order to avoid water penetration.
u Turn ignition button to position 0.
u Lubricate all bearings, pin connections and slewing ring, using central lubrica-
tion system, if available.
u Clean away oil, fuel or care products off connections and fittings.
If sensitive parts behind openings have to be protected from penetrating water:
u Cover or mask off openings.
Parts particularly at risk are:
– Electric motors
– Electric components
– Switch cabinets
– Plug connections
– Transmitters
– Air filters
Cleaning
u Use lint-free cleaning cloths.
u Do not clean machine with aggressive cleaning agents or flammable liquids.
u Soften up dirt with water.
u Rinse off softened dirt with water.
If fire warning and extinguishing system is fitted:
u Make sure that there is no possibility of the temperature sensors coming into
contact with hot liquids during cleaning of the engine compartment.
After cleaning
u Check all fuel lines, engine oil lines and hydraulic lines (leaks, loose connec-
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
tions, chafe marks and damage).

u Immediately rectify any defects that are detected.
u Remove water that has penetrated: Lubricate all bearings, pin connections and
slewing ring again.
u If necessary, refresh corrosion protection (inhibitor) on components or surfaces.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 229
General maintenance
Cleaning inside of operator's cab
Note
Inappropriate cleaning agents!
Damaged plastic surfaces.
u Clean interior equipment of operator's cab with warm water, without any
cleaning additives.
u Wipe down surfaces with moist, soft cloth.
5.6.5 Cleaning travel gear
NOTICE
Dirt, ice and trapped foreign materials can block the travel gear!
Damage to the travel gear if blocked travel gear is broken loose with only the aid of
engine power!
u Never break frozen or blocked travel gear loose by exerting force.
If larger foreign particles (for example stones, wood, pieces of metal, cables) are
trapped in the travel gear:
u Remove foreign bodies before putting into service.
If the travel gear has frozen onto the ground:
u Carefully heat up track pads and melt the ice, move off carefully.
u After shutting down the machine, clean the severely soiled parts of the travel
gear.
u Clean the sliding surfaces of the track tensioners.
u Park the machine on boards at temperatures below zero to prevent it freezing to
the ground.
5.6.6 Cleaning fan and radiator
DANGER
Moving parts!
u Wait until all parts have stopped before starting work.
u Wait until diesel engine has cooled down before starting work.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Clean fins of cooler and fan wheel: Blow compressed air from inside of machine
to outside.
u Activate reversible fan drive. (For more information see: 3.3.27 Reversing fan
drive for radiator cleaning (option), page 137)
u If necessary, wait 10 minutes and repeat cooler cleaning.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
230 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Complete machine
5.7 Complete machine
5.7.1 Checking components for cracks
Special attention should be paid to following parts when checking for cracks:
– Undercarriage steel construction – axle bearing, transmission bearing, support,
lower slewing ring support with tower and slewing ring
– Uppercarriage steel construction – bearing block for boom, bearing block for
hoist cylinder, upper slewing ring support, cab suspension, mounting of slewing
gearbox and mounting of counterweight
– Climbing aids, ladders and fastening elements
u Carefully check frame components and bearings in operator's cab, uppercar-

riage and undercarriage for cracks or hairline cracks by means of visual inspec-
tion.
u Suspected cracks or difficult-to-see areas: Apply dye penetrant examination.
If there are cracks or hairline cracks:
u Do not put machine into service.
u Have machine checked and repair work performed by Liebherr customer
service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 231
Drive group
5.8 Drive group
5.8.1 Diesel engine: Putting in maintenance position

The diesel engine must be in maintenance position during all maintenance work,
unless the work description contains diverging instructions.
q Diesel engine is level.
q Diesel engine has cooled down.
q Electrical system is de-energised.
5.8.2 Diesel engine: Checking oil level
Fig. 383: Diesel engine: Checking oil level

1 Oil filling hole 2 Dipstick
Checking oil level
WARNING
Hot engine oil!
Burns.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Put on protective gloves.

u Avoid skin contact with hot engine oil and hot parts carrying oil.

q Diesel engine is in maintenance position. (For more information see:
5.8.1 Diesel engine: Putting in maintenance position, page 232)
u Pull out dipstick 2 and clean with clean lint-free cloth.
u Insert dipstick 2 fully.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
232 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Drive group
u Pull out dipstick 2 again and check that oil level is between MIN mark and MAX
mark.
If oil level is below MIN mark:
u Fill with oil. (For more information see: Filling with oil, page 233)
u Put in dipstick 2.
Filling with oil
WARNING
Hot engine oil!
Burns.
u Put on protective gloves.
u Avoid skin contact with hot engine oil and hot parts carrying oil.

q Diesel engine is in maintenance position. (For more information see:
5.8.1 Diesel engine: Putting in maintenance position, page 232)
q Oil used is approved.
u Remove plug of oil filling hole 1.
u Fill with oil via oil filling hole 1 until oil level is between MIN mark and MAX
mark.
u Clean plug of oil filling hole 1.
u Put on plug of oil filling hole 1.
5.8.3 Fuel pre-filter: Draining water
The fuel pre-filter is on the radiator side under the middle hood.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 384: Fuel pre-filter: Draining water

1 Water drain tap

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 233
Drive group
DANGER
Fire! Explosion!
u Do not smoke.
u Avoid flames.

u Put suitable receptacle under fuel pre-filter.
u Open water drain tap 1.
u Drain water until pure fuel emerges.
u Close water drain tap 1.
5.8.4 Fuel tank: Draining water and sediments
Fig. 385: Fuel tank: Draining water and sediments

1 Fuel tank 2 Drain valve
DANGER
Fire! Explosion!
u Only work with the diesel engine shut off.
u Do not smoke.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Place suitable receptacle under the drain screw 2 below the fuel tank 1.
u Unscrew plug from drain valve 2.
u Attach the drain hose supplied with the machine to the drain valve 2.
u Drain water and sediments until fuel escapes.
u Remove drain hose.
u Screw plug onto drain valve 2.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
234 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Drive group
5.8.5 Fuel fine filter: Replacing filter element
The fuel fine filters are in the engine compartment under the guard plate.
Fig. 386: Fuel drain line
Fig. 387: Fuel fine filter: Replacing filter element

1 Fuel drain line 4 Sealing ring
2 Engine guard plate 5 Filter cartridge
3 Cover of fuel filter
DANGER
Danger to life.
u Do not smoke.

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Removing filter element

u Remove fitting of fuel drain line 1.
u Place suitable receptacle under fuel drain line 1.
u Remove engine guard plate 2.
u Clean fuel fine filter and surrounding area.
u Loosen cover of fuel filter 3 with key without removing it.
u Wait until fuel has drained completely out of fuel drain line 1.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 235
Drive group
u Take out cover of fuel filter 3 with filter cartridges 5.

u Remove filter cartridges 5 from covers of fuel filter 3.
Installing filter element
NOTICE
Contamination!
Damage to Common Rail system.
u Make sure that filter housing is clean.
u Do not clean filter housing with cloth.
u Clean cover of fuel filter 3 and sealing surfaces.

u Lubricate new sealing rings 4 with clean fuel.
u Insert new sealing rings 4.
u Drain surplus fuel in filter housing.
u Place new filter cartridges 5 on cover of fuel filter 3.
u Screw in cover of fuel filter 3 with new filter cartridges 5.
u Tighten cover of fuel filter 3 with tightening torque of 20 +5 Nm.
u Install fitting of fuel drain line 1.
u Bleed fuel system.
u Install engine guard plate 2.
5.8.6 Air filter: Emptying dust collecting tank
Some of the dust drawn in is separated in the air filter housings and falls into the
dust collecting tank before the dust reaches the filter cartridge.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
236 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Drive group
Fig. 388: Dust dump valves on filter housings
u Hold a suitable container under the dust dump valves.

u Press dust dump valves together by hand so that the slits on their underside
opens.
5.8.7 Air filter: Replacing main filter cartridge
The combustion air is filtered by the air filter, protecting the diesel engine against
wear due to dust particles.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 389: Air filter

1 Cover 3 Safety filter cartridge
2 Main filter cartridge 4 Filter housing
NOTICE
Cleaning with compressed air!
Damage to air filter.
u Do not clean inside of filter housing 4 with compressed air.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 237
Drive group

u Remove cover 1.
u Take out main filter cartridge 2.
u Clean inside of filter housing 4, seal and sealing faces with a damp. lint-free
cloth.
u Insert new main filter cartridge 2.
u Make sure the new main filter cartridge 2 is firmly and securely in contact with
the sealing faces.
u Put on cover 1 again.
u Align bolted lock symbol on the cover 1 with the arrow on the filter housing 4.
5.8.8 Pump distributor gear: Checking oil level
The dipstick 1 is under the bonnet, on hydraulic pump the side.
Fig. 391: Pump distributor gear: Checking oil level

1 Dipstick 2 Drain valve
Checking oil level

u Unscrew and pull out dipstick 1.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Clean dipstick 1 with lint-free cloth.

u Insert and fully screw on dipstick 1.
u Unscrew and pull out dipstick 1.
u Check oil level.
u Fill with oil if necessary. (For more information see: Filling with oil, page 239)
u Insert and fully screw on dipstick 1.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
238 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Drive group
Filling with oil

q Oil used is approved. (For more information see: 5.3.7 Gear oils, page 218)
u Fill with oil through opening of dipstick 1.
u Wait until oil has reached operating temperature.
u Check oil level. (For more information see: Checking oil level, page 238)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 239
Cooling system
5.9 Cooling system
5.9.1 Checking coolant level
The coolant container is accessible via the central hood.
Fig. 392: Coolant container

1 Coolant container 3 Filler cap
2 Sight glass 4 Centre hood
Checking coolant level
WARNING
Hot pressurised cooling system!
Burns.
u Let cooling system cool down.
u Wear protective gloves and safety glasses.
u Avoid skin contact with coolant.
u Avoid contact with parts carrying coolant.
u Check whether sight glass 2 is completely filled with coolant.

If sight glass 2 is not completely filled with coolant:
u Fill with coolant. (For more information see: Filling with coolant, page 240)
Filling with coolant

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
WARNING
Hot pressurised cooling system!
Burns.
u Let cooling system cool down.
u Avoid contact with parts carrying coolant.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
240 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Cooling system
CAUTION
Corrosive coolant!
Allergic reactions.
u Rinse thoroughly with water in case of direct skin contact.

q Coolant used is approved. (For more information see: 5.3.5 Coolant, page 215)
u Depressurise coolant container 1: Unscrew filler cap 3 by half a turn.
u Slowly and completely unscrew filler cap 3.
u Fill coolant into coolant container 1 up to the end of filler pipe.
u Check condition of sealing ring. Replace if necessary.
u Screw in filler cap 3.
u Regulate heating temperature of operator's cab to full.
u Let diesel engine run at idle speed for 1 minute.
u Check coolant level. (For more information see: Checking coolant level,
page 240)
5.9.2 Coolant: Checking concentration
Checking concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion

protection agent in coolant
Checking temperature of anti-freeze and corrosion protection

agent
u Take coolant sample.
u Use suitable method to test whether temperature of anti-freeze and corrosion
protection agent is -37 °C.
If temperature of anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent is higher than -37 °C:
u Correct concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent. (For more
information see: Correcting concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion protection
agent, page 242)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 241
Cooling system
Correcting concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion protection

agent
Fig. 393: Diagram

1 Temperature of anti-freeze and 3 Anti-freeze and corrosion protec-
corrosion protection agent ( °C tion agent quantity to be added ( l)
negative)
2 Coolant quantity in cooling system
( l)
NOTICE
Incorrect correction of anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent concentration!
Damage to diesel engine, damage to cooling system.
u Use approved anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Do not add more than 60 % anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent.
Example on use of diagram (see: fig. 393, page 242) :

– Temperature of anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent: -15 °C
– Coolant quantity in cooling system: 50 l
u Starting at the anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent temperature of -15 °C,
follow line downwards to vertical line that corresponds to a coolant quantity of
50 l.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
242 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Cooling system
u From this point of intersection, follow horizontal line to anti-freeze and anti-
corrosion agent quantity to be added.
w Anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent quantity to add is 14.8 l.
u Drain previously calculated quantity from cooling system.
u Add required anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent quantity and check
coolant level. (For more information see: 5.9.1 Checking coolant level,
page 240)
Checking concentration of coolant with corrosion

inhibitor (without anti-freeze)
Checking concentration of coolant with DCA 4 agent

u Take coolant sample.
u Use CC2602M test kit from Fleetguard to check whether DCA 4 concentration is
between 6 % and 10,6 %.
If DCA 4 concentration is different:
u Correct DCA 4 concentration in coolant.
Checking concentration of coolant with water-soluble corrosion

inhibitor
Checking concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor
Fig. 394: Leitenberger FT2030 refractometer

1 Prism 2 Ocular
u Carefully clean prism 1 and cover.
u Add 1 or 2 drops of coolant to prism 1.
u Dispense coolant over prism 1: Close cover.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Look into eyepiece 2 against light background. Turn eyepiece 2 to adjust focus.
w Brix value is displayed on blue line.
u Check whether concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor is between
1.9 % Brix and 3.7 % Brix, so between 5 % and 10 % with 90 % to 95 % water.
If concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor is different:
u Correct concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor. (For more information
see: Correcting concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor, page 244)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 243
Cooling system
Correcting concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor
Fig. 395: Diagram

1 Concentration of water-soluble 3 Quantity of water-soluble corro-
corrosion inhibitor (% Brix) sion inhibitor to add ( l)
2 Coolant quantity in cooling system
( l)
NOTICE
Incorrect correction of concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor!
Damage to diesel engine, damage to cooling system.
u Use approved water-soluble corrosion inhibitor.
Example on use of diagram (see: fig. 395, page 244) :

– Concentration of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor: 1 % Brix
– Coolant quantity in cooling system: 50 l
u Starting at the water-soluble corrosion inhibitor concentration of 1 % Brix, follow
line downwards to vertical line that corresponds to a coolant quantity of 50 l.
u From this point of intersection, follow horizontal line to water-soluble corrosion
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
inhibitor to be added.
w Water-soluble corrosion inhibitor quantity to be added is 2.4 l.
u Drain previously calculated quantity from cooling system.
u Add required quantity of water-soluble corrosion inhibitor and check coolant
level. (For more information see: 5.9.1 Checking coolant level, page 240)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
244 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Working hydraulics
5.10 Working hydraulics
5.10.1 Depressurising hydraulic system
Depressurising hydraulic hoses

u Make sure that ignition key is on I.
u Make sure that safety lever or folding console is down. (For more information
see: 3.2.6 Folding console, page 59)
u Carefully move joysticks and pedals in all directions.
Depressurising hydraulic tank
Fig. 396: Depressurising hydraulic tank

1 Breather filter 2 Securing pin
u Put in securing pin 2.
u Unscrew breather filter 1 by hand by a maximum of one turn. Use open-end
spanner if necessary.
u Screw in breather filter 1.
u Pull out securing pin 2.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 245
Working hydraulics
5.10.2 Hydraulic tank: Checking oil level
Putting machine in maintenance position
Fig. 397: Putting machine with backhoe bucket attachment in maintenance position
Fig. 398: Putting machine with bottom dump shovel attachment in maintenance
position
u Place machine on level and firm ground.

u Retract stick to the stop.
or
If bottom dump shovel attachment is mounted on machine:
Extend stick to the stop.
u Tilt bucket in to the stop.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
246 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Working hydraulics
Checking hydraulic oil level
Fig. 399: Hydraulic tank

1 Oil sight glass 2 Collecting pipe 3 Breather filter
Oil sight glass Hydraulic oil temperature Required hydraulic oil level
Approximately 20 °C In blue area A
Between 20 and 60 °C In area B
Between 0 and 20 °C In area C
Below 0 °C Above D
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Tab. 64: Required hydraulic oil level

q Machine is in maintenance position. (For more information see: Putting machine
in maintenance position, page 246)
Recommended hydraulic oil temperature for checking hydraulic oil level is approxi-
mately 20 °C.
u Check hydraulic oil temperature shown on display. (For more information see:

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 247
Working hydraulics
u Check that hydraulic oil level in oil sight glass 1 corresponds to required
hydraulic oil level. (see: tab. 64, page 247)
If hydraulic oil level does not correspond to required hydraulic oil level:
u Fill with hydraulic oil. (For more information see: Filling with hydraulic oil,
page 248)
Filling with hydraulic oil
NOTICE
Incorrect filling with hydraulic oil!
Damage.
u Fill hydraulic tank via collecting pipe.

q Machine is in maintenance position. (For more information see: Putting machine
in maintenance position, page 246)
q Hydraulic oil used is approved. (For more information see: 5.3.6 Hydraulic oils,
page 216)
u Check hydraulic oil temperature shown on display. (For more information see:
u Unscrew SAE dummy flange of collecting pipe 2.
u Fill hydraulic tank via collecting pipe 2 until required hydraulic oil level is
reached. (see: tab. 64, page 247)
u Screw in breather filter 3.
u Fill collecting pipe 2 to brim.
u Screw on SAE dummy flange of collecting pipe 2.
If hydraulic oil is approximately 20 °C:
u Check hydraulic oil level. (For more information see: Checking hydraulic oil
level, page 247)
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
248 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Working hydraulics
5.10.3 Hydraulic tank: Draining water and sediments
Fig. 401: Hydraulic tank

1 Collecting pipe 2 Drain valve
Note
When using biodegradable hydraulic oil:
u Drain water and sediments from hydraulic tank each time after diesel engine
has been stopped for more than 24 hours.

u Place suitable receptacle under hydraulic tank.
u Unscrew SAE dummy flange from collecting pipe 1.
u Unscrew plugs of drain valves 2.
u Attach drain hoses supplied with machine to drain valves 2 under hydraulic
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
tank.
u Drain water and sediments until clean hydraulic oil emerges.
u Remove drain hoses.
u Screw in plugs of drain valves 2.
u Screw in SAE dummy flange of collecting pipe 1.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 249
Working hydraulics
5.10.4 Return filter: Checking and cleaning magnetic rod
Fig. 402: Return filter

1 Cover 3 Magnetic rod
2 O-ring 4 Filter cartridge
u Remove cover 1 of return filter with magnetic rod 3.
u Carefully clean magnetic rod 3 with a lint-free cloth.
u Correctly position O-ring 2.
u Put on cover 1 of return filter with magnetic rod 3.
5.10.5 Bypass filter (option): Checking level of contamination

of filter cartridge
The bypass filter is located between the hydraulic tank and the hydraulic pumps.
The pressure in the filter housing 3 increases with the level of contamination.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Fig. 403: Bypass filter

1 Pressure gauge 3 Filter housing
2 Clamp 4 Filter cartridge

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
250 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Working hydraulics

q Diesel engine is idling.
q Hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
u Check pressure on pressure gauge 1 of bypass filter.
If the displayed value is more than 2.5 bar:
u Have filter cartridge 4 of bypass filter replaced.
5.10.6 Bleeding control valve block
Over time, air in the hydraulic oil can accumulate in the control valve block, form
bubbles and cause sudden movements.
Fig. 404: Bleeding control valve block menu

q Temperature of hydraulic oil is at least 20 °C.
q Working attachment is on the ground.
q Safety lever is in the lower position.
q The no servo control status symbol is not shown on the display.
u Press bleed control valve block button.
w Bleed control valve block button is displayed in green.
u Press and hold confirmation button.
w Control valve block bleeding activated status symbol is shown on the display.
w The display shows the progress of control valve block bleeding.
u Release the confirmation button when the control valve block bleeding finished
status symbol is shown on the display.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
5.10.7 Hydraulic hoses: Checking condition and tightness
u Check condition and tightness of hydraulic hoses.

Damage includes:
– Cuts, cracks or abrasion points on outer layer of hydraulic hose that reach the
inner layer
– Cracking caused by outer layer of hydraulic hose becoming brittle
– Deformations that do not correspond to normal shape of hydraulic hose (for
example separation of layers or bubble formation)

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 251
Working hydraulics
– Deformation on hydraulic hose fitting

– Hydraulic hose slipping out of fitting
– Corrosion on hydraulic hose fitting
If hydraulic hoses are damaged or leaking:
u Have hydraulic hoses replaced by Liebherr customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
252 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Electrical system
5.11 Electrical system
5.11.1 General information
Preparatory work
Before any intervention in electrical system:
u Wear safety glasses and protective gloves.
u De-energise electrical system.
u Disconnect batteries: Disconnect negative terminal (-) first and connect it last.
General maintenance work

u Regularly check flawless condition of the electrical system.
u Remedy malfunctions immediately.
Malfunctions could be, for example:
– Loose connections
– Damaged cables
– Inadequately attached clamps
If fuse or bulb is damaged:
u Remedy cause.
u Replace damaged fuse or bulb immediately.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 253
Travel gear
5.12 Travel gear
5.12.1 Checking track tension
Normal wear on the travel gear causes the track tension to slacken over time. The
track tension must be checked regularly and increased if necessary.
Fig. 408: Checking track tension

q Machine is secured to prevent it rolling.
u Move machine forwards and backwards to release tension in tracks.
u Measure centre-to-centre distance between two carrier rollers.
u Measure centre-to-centre distance between idler-wheel and the first carrier
roller.
u Place measuring bar on the section of the track with the biggest centre-to-
centre distance.
u Measure distance between bottom of measuring bar and top of track pad.
w In normal conditions the track should sag by 25 ±5 mm .
u If necessary: Tighten track. (For more information see: 5.12.2 Tightening track,
page 255)
u Repeat procedure for the second track.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
254 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Travel gear
5.12.2 Tightening track
Fig. 409: Tightening track

1 Cover (model specific) 3 Grease fitting adapter
2 Grease fitting 4 Hose of grease press
Make sure following preconditions are met:
q Machine is parked on level and firm ground.
u Clean track.
u Remove objects jammed in track.
If cover 1 is present:
u Remove cover 1.
u Clean lubrication nipple 2.
u Connect supplied grease fitting adapter 3 with grease press.
u Attach grease fitting adapter 3 to grease fitting 2.
u Inject grease.
If track has sufficient tension:
u Check track tension.
u Attach cover 1.
Troubleshooting
Track is not tensioned?
Grease fitting or tensioning unit is damaged.
u Do not remove the grease fitting.
u Have repairs performed by Liebherr customer service.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 255
Travel gear
5.12.3 Slackening track
Fig. 410: Slackening track

1 Cover (model specific) 2 Grease fitting
WARNING
Improper slacking of track!
Injuries.
u Wear safety glasses and working gloves.
u Do not touch track and grease fitting.
u Unscrew grease fitting with ring spanner.
u Do not unscrew grease fitting all the way.
Make sure following preconditions are met:

q Machine is parked on level and firm ground.
u Clean track.
u Remove objects jammed in track.
u Remove cover 1.
u Unscrew grease fitting 2 with ring spanner until grease exits threaded hole.
When grease exits threaded hole:
u Do not unscrew grease fitting 2 any more.
If track has sufficient tension:
u Tighten grease fitting 2.
u Check track tension.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Attach cover 1.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
256 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Travel gear
5.12.4 Track pads and sprocket wheels: Checking mounting
Fig. 411: Track pads and sprocket wheels: Checking mounting

1 Mounting bolts of the track pad 2 Mounting bolts of the sprocket
wheels
Mounting bolt Component Characteristics of the Test torque Pre-tightening torque

mounting bolt and turning angle
Mounting bolts of the Track pad D9G 1”1/8–12UNF – strength class 1900 Nm 833 ±78 Nm + 120°
track pad 1 12.9
Mounting bolts of the Sprocket wheel M24 x 130 — strength class 980 Nm 280 Nm + 90°
sprocket wheels 2 12.9
Tab. 65: Tightening torque of mounting bolts of track pads and sprocket wheels

q Machine is on level and firm ground.
Checking mounting of track pads

u Check test torque of ten mounting bolts of the track pads 1 on the top side of a
chain.
If the test torque of a mounting bolt of a track pad 1 is not correct:
u Check test torque of all mounting bolts of the track pads 1.
If test torque is not correct:
u Unscrew mounting bolts of the track pads 1 two or three turns.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Tighten mounting bolts of the track pads 1 with pre-tightening torque and
turning angle.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 257
Travel gear
Checking mounting of sprocket wheels
NOTICE
Unsuitable mounting!
Damage.
u Do not retighten mounting bolts of sprocket wheels.
u Change mounting bolts of the sprocket wheels.
u Check test torque of all mounting bolts 2 on the sprocket wheels.

If test torque is not correct:
u Change mounting bolts of the sprocket wheels 2.
u Tighten new mounting bolts of the sprocket wheels 2 with pre-tightening
torque and turning angle.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
258 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Working attachment
5.13 Working attachment
5.13.1 Lubricating working tool
The central lubrication system installed in the machine as standard does not lubri-
cate the bearings of the working tool. The working tool must be lubricated
manually.
Lubricating standard working tool

Lubricating points of working tool are indicated in following locations:
– On the lubrication chart for the bucket (For more information see: 5.2.2 Lubrica-
tion chart, page 211)
– On the following illustration for the grapple or clamshell
Fig. 412: Lubricating points on grapple and clamshell
u Connect grease gun to lubricating points.

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Lubricate until clean grease emerges from corresponding bearing.
Lubricating special working tool

u Adhere to instructions in manufacturer's operator's manual.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 259
Working attachment
5.13.2 Changing bucket teeth with Z system
Fig. 413: Changing bucket teeth with Z system

1 Tooth adapter 4 Plug
2 Bolt 5 Tooth
3 Securing pin
NOTICE
Badly worn teeth 5!
Damage to tooth adapters 1.
u Do not use a bucket without teeth 5 or with badly worn teeth 5.
Removing tooth
u Clean off dirt.
u Remove plug 4.
u Turn securing pin 3 with a square wrench approximately 30° towards tooth 5.
w Nose of securing pin 3 slips out of bolt 2.
u Use the hammer and punch to knock out securing pin 3.
u Remove tooth 5.
u Remove bolt 2.
u Clean tooth adapter 1.
u Check that tooth adapter 1 is not worn.
If tooth adapter 1 is worn:
u Replace tooth adapter.
Installing tooth
u Insert bolt 2.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Place new tooth 5 on tooth adapter 1.

u Push securing pin 3 all the way in.
u Turn securing pin 3 with a square wrench approximately 30° towards bucket.
w Nose of securing pin 3 engages in bolt 2.
u Insert plug 4 onto outer end of securing pin 3.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
260 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
5.14 Operator's cab, heating and air condi-

tioning
5.14.1 Filling with windscreen washer fluid
The windscreen washer fluid tank is located on the rear of the operator's cab.
Fig. 414: Windscreen washer fluid tank
u Unscrew cover of windscreen washer fluid tank.

u Filling with windscreen washer fluid.
u Screw cover back onto windscreen washer fluid tank.
5.14.2 Switching on air conditioning unit
NOTICE
Long downtime of air conditioning unit!
Damage.
u Switch on air conditioning system in winter too.

u Activate AUTO operating mode. (For more information see: 3.2.20 Air condi-
tioning unit, page 79)
u Wait approximately 15 minutes.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Deactivate AUTO operating mode.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 261
5.14.3 Cleaning pre-filter
Fig. 415: Cleaning pre-filter

1 Filter assembly 3 Filter cassette
2 Pre-filter 4 Hatch
u Open hatch 4: Pull handle in operator's cab under rear window upwards.
or
Open hatch 4: Unlock hatch 4 from outside of operator's cab with ignition key of
machine.
u Remove filter assembly 1.
u Remove filter cassette 3.
u Remove pre-filter 2.
u Clean pre-filter 2 with compressed air.
u Insert pre-filter 2 in filter cassette 3.
u Insert filter cassette 3 in filter assembly 1.
u Insert filter assembly 1 in operator's cab.
u Close hatch 4: Slam hatch 4.
or
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Close hatch 4: Lock hatch 4 from outside of operator's cab with ignition key of
machine.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
262 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Lubrication system
5.15 Lubrication system
5.15.1 Lubrication system: Filling with grease
Fig. 416: Lubrication system: Filling with grease

1 Grease container 4 Grease fitting
2 Filling pump 5 Filling pump adapter
3 Grease gun 6 Lubricating pump
NOTICE
Incorrect filling of grease!
Damage.
u Regularly check fill level of grease container.
u Exclusively fill with grease via filling pump adapter or grease fitting.
u Insert grease cartridge in filling pump 2.
u Connect filling pump 2 to filling pump adapter 5.
u Press content of grease cartridge into grease container 1.
If no filling pump 2 is available:
u Fill with grease with grease gun 3 via grease fitting 4.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 263
Slewing gearbox and slewing ring
5.16 Slewing gearbox and slewing ring
5.16.1 Slewing gearbox: Checking oil level
Fig. 417: Slewing gearbox

1 Oil level indicator 3 Oil tank
2 Plug 4 Drain valve
q Oil of slewing gearbox is cold.
Checking oil level

u Check that oil level on oil level indicator 1 is above MIN mark.
If oil level is below MIN mark:
u Fill with oil. (For more information see: Filling with oil, page 264)
Filling with oil

q Oil used is approved. (For more information see: 5.3.7 Gear oils, page 218)
u Open plug 2.
u Fill oil tank 3 until oil level on oil level indicator 1 is between MIN mark and MAX
mark.
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
u Close plug 2.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
264 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
6 Appendix
If your machine has special attachments, you can find relevant information on the
subsequent pages.
6.1 Pre-tightening torque and turning angle
The mounting bolts of the following components are tightened with a precisely
defined turning angle:
– Track pads of the travel gear
– Sprocket wheels
– Travel gearboxes
– Travel motors
6.1.1 Procedure
The values of the pre-tightening torque and the turning angle are specified in the
operator's manual.
u Tighten mounting bolt with the specified pre-tightening torque.
Fig. 418: Turning angle

LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
1 Component 2 Socket key of the torque

wrench
u Mark the specified turning angle on the screw head and on the component 1.
One edge of screw corresponds to 60°.
u On the socket key of the torque wrench 2, mark the initial position with a line
that is aligned with the line on the component 1.
u Use the torque wrench to tighten in clockwise direction until the line of the initial
position is aligned with the second line on the component 1.
u Repeat process for the other screws. Tighten screws crosswise.

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 265
Appendix Operator's manual
Pre-tightening torque and turning angle
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
266 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Index B
Battery main switch 56
Before cleaning 229
Bleeding control valve block 251
Bleeding hydraulic cylinders 226
Bleeding hydraulic cylinder without vent plugs 227
Bleeding hydraulic cylinder with vent plugs 226
Braking 119
Braking uppercarriage 124
A Bringing machine to operating temperature 111
Burns 46
Access points for maintenance work 221
Bypass filter (option): Checking level of contamination
Access points on the undercarriage 223
of filter cartridge 250
Access points on uppercarriage 221
Access points under the uppercarriage 222
Access to machine 42
Activating and deactivating operating mode 80
C
Cab lighting system 72
Activating automatic locking 126
Central lubrication system 178
Activating horn 68
Changing bucket teeth with Z system 260
Activating manual locking 124
Checking components for cracks 231
Activating manual operating mode 129
Checking concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion
Activating manual protection 131
protection agent in coolant 241
Activating overload warning system 127
Checking concentration of coolant with corrosion
Activating reversal 96
inhibitor (without anti-freeze) 243
Activating semi-automatic locking 125
Checking concentration of coolant with water-soluble
Activating sensor-controlled low idle automatic 114
corrosion inhibitor 243
Activating servo control 60
Checking concentration of water-soluble corrosion
Activating travel alarm 119
inhibitor 243
Activating turning warning again 127
Checking coolant level 240, 240
Adjusting backrest 64
Checking function of control elements 113
Adjusting head restraint 64
Checking function of diesel engine 113
Adjusting height and adjusting seat to body weight 65
Checking function of the overload warning
Adjusting horizontal suspension 65
system 127
Adjusting lumbar support 66
Checking hydraulic oil level 247
Adjusting period for deactivating travel alarm 119
Checking mounting of sprocket wheels 258
Adjusting seat cushion 63
Checking mounting of track pads 257
Adjusting seat cushion angle 63
Checking oil level 232, 238, 264
Adjusting seat cushion depth 63
Checking temperature of anti-freeze and corrosion
Adjusting shock absorption 64
protection agent 241
Adjusting undercarriage width mechanically
Checking track tension 254
(option) 165
Cleaning 229
After cleaning 229
Cleaning fan and radiator 230
After permanent deactivation 140
Cleaning inside of operator's cab 230
After selective deactivation 140
Cleaning outside of machine 229
After starting 112
Cleaning pre-filter 262
Air conditioning unit 79
Cleaning the machine 228
Air filter: Emptying dust collecting tank 236
Cleaning travel gear 230
Air filter: Replacing main filter cartridge 237
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Climbing down from the machine 57

Altitude and outside temperature 112
Collision 48
Anti-freeze and corrosion protection agent 215
Collision with obstacles 39
Appendix 265
Combining controls 123
Applying corrosion protection to piston rods 227
Complete machine 104, 204, 231
Attaching extended side frame 168
Confined spaces 113
Attaching retracted side frame 166
Connecting flat battery to jump starting battery 177
Automatic engine shut-off after idling (option) 115
Contact with high voltage cable 23
Automatic locking 125
Control 56
Control and operating elements 51

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 267
Index Operator's manual
Control and operation 51 Deactivating shut-off selectively 139

Controlling boom 122 Deactivating travel alarm 119
Controlling bucket 122 Deactivating turning alarm 126
Controlling cylinder of the special working Defective emergency command devices 40
attachment 136 Definition of warning levels 21
Controlling flap of a bottom dump shovel 136 Defrosting operating mode 80
Controlling flap of the bottom dump shovel 134 Depressurising hydraulic hoses 245
Controlling hydraulic hammer 134, 136 Depressurising hydraulic system 245
Controlling locking pins of the hydraulic quick Depressurising hydraulic tank 245
coupler 135, 137 Description of staff 25
Controlling shovel flap 123 Diesel engine 142
Controlling special working attachment with double Diesel engine: Checking oil level 232
pedal 133 Diesel engine: Putting in maintenance position 232
Controlling special working attachment with left Diesel engine and fuel system 186
joystick 134 Diesel fuels 213
Controlling special working attachment with left mini- Difficulty factors 214
joystick 136 Disconnecting jump starting battery from flat
Controlling special working attachment with mini- battery 177
joystick (option) 135 Display 73
Controlling special working attachment without mini- Disposal 24
joystick (option) 132 Drive group 104, 204, 232
Controlling special working attachment with right mini- Driving machine onto low-loader (machine
joystick 135 transporter) 170
Controlling stick 122 Driving on downward slopes 121
Controlling working attachment 121 Driving on slopes 120
Control unit A 54 Driving on upward slopes 121
Control unit B 55 Dumping the material 145, 149
Coolant 215
Coolant: Checking concentration 241
Cooling system 104, 205, 240 E
Correcting concentration of anti-freeze and corrosion Electrical engineer 28
protection agent 242 Electrical system 105, 190, 207, 253
Correcting concentration of water-soluble corrosion Electric cabinet E50 192
inhibitor 244 Electric cabinet E62 195
Corrosion inhibitors 215 Emergency command devices of machine 40
Crushing injuries 46 Emergency equipment on the machine 39
Emergency exit 58
Emergency exit (standard) 39
D Emergency operation 175
Damage 24, 44, 44, 48, 50 Emergency stop function of machine 40
Damaged falling object protective structures 39 Engine oils 214
Damage to diesel engine 40 Engine speed 111
Damage to machine 40, 47 Engine speed and operating mode 111
Damage to operator's cab and machine 39 Entering and exiting machine 57
Dangerous fuels and operating fluids 41 Entering machine 57
Danger to life 23, 24, 38, 38, 38, 39, 39, 39, 40, 40, Environmental damage 41
41, 43, 43, 45, 47, 48, 48, 49, 49, 49 Environmental pollution 24, 47
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Deactivating automatic engine shut-off 115 Extending cylinder of special working attachment 134
Deactivating automatic locking 126 Extending left side frame 168
Deactivating horn 68 Extending right side frame 170
Deactivating manual locking 125 Extending side frames 168
Deactivating overload warning system 128 Exterior mirrors 70
Deactivating reversal 96
Deactivating semi-automatic locking 125
Deactivating sensor-controlled low idle automatic 114 F
Deactivating servo control 61 Falling from operator's cab 38
Deactivating shut-off 139 Falling load 47
Deactivating shut-off permanently (option) 140

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
268 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Index
Falling object protective structures (FOPS and Incorrect behaviour 39

FGPS) 39 Incorrect changes 44
Falling out of operator's cab 48 Incorrect changes to the machine 49
Fault - Cause - Remedy 186 Incorrect charging of battery 47
Filling quantities 210 Incorrect disposal 41
Filling quantities and lubrication chart 210 Incorrect entry and exit 42
Filling with coolant 240 Incorrect equipment 39
Filling with hydraulic oil 248 Incorrect handling 41, 49
Filling with oil 233, 239, 264 Incorrect handling of electrical system 45
Filling with windscreen washer fluid 261 Incorrect handling of flammable liquids 47
Filter replacement 217 Incorrect heat protection 46
Fire extinguisher (option) 39, 58 Incorrect labelling 39
Float position of hoist cylinders 128 Incorrect lifting accessories 46
Folding console 59 Incorrect maintenance 46, 46
Foreseeable misuse 23 Incorrect operation 43
Fuel fine filter: Replacing filter element 235 Incorrect operation in corrosive environment or with
Fuel pre-filter: Draining water 233 corrosive material 24
Fuels, lubricants and operating fluids 213 Incorrect operation in operating conditions deviating
Fuels and operating fluids 210 from intended use 24
Fuel system 141 Incorrect performance of checks 49
Fuel tank: Draining water and sediments 234 Incorrect place of use 45
Fuses and relays 192 Incorrect protection 45
Incorrect protective equipment 49
Incorrect refuelling 45, 47
G Incorrect spare parts 48
Gear oils 218 Incorrect transport 41
General information 104, 165, 213, 253 Incorrect travel 44
General maintenance 226 Incorrect use 45
General maintenance work 253 Incorrect use of emergency command devices 40
General working methods 141 Incorrect use of emergency stop equipment 40
Grading of warning messages 21 Incorrect work clothing 46
Grading with a backhoe bucket 146 Incorrect work equipment 46
Grading with a dozer blade 146 Incorrect working environment 44
Graphic symbols in these instructions 21 Incorrect working method 44
Greases 220 Increased travel mode 44
Ground surface grading 145 Index 267
Information on these instructions 21
Information signs 34
H Injuries 38, 38, 44, 45, 48
Hand/arm vibrations 19 Injury 41, 42, 49
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning unit 190 Inspection and maintenance schedule 203
Heavy parts 49 Inspection tour before putting into service 104
Height-adjustable operator's cab 38 Installing and removing boom 161
Hoist cylinder protection (option) 129 Installing and removing bucket 154
Horn 68 Installing and removing bucket with special seal 156
Hot pressurised engine cooling system 46 Installing and removing counterweight 163
Hydraulic hoses: Checking condition and Installing and removing grapple on industrial stick 159
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
tightness 251 Installing and removing grapple on stick 157

Hydraulic oils 216 Installing and removing stick 161
Hydraulic system 104, 189 Installing and removing the counterweight 163
Hydraulic tank: Checking oil level 246 Installing and removing working attachment 154
Hydraulic tank: Draining water and sediments 249 Installing and removing working attachment pins 154
Installing bucket 155
Installing bucket with special seal 157
I Installing counterweight 164
Identification plates 37 Installing filter element 236
Immobiliser (option) 108 Installing grapple 159
Impact with hard material 141 Installing grapple on industrial stick 160

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 269
Installing grapple on stick 158 Manual adjustment of lumbar support 66

Installing lifting accessory 172 Manual adjustment of seat height 65
Installing tooth 260 Manual adjustment of seat to body weight 66
Installing working attachment pins 154 Manual locking 124
Insufficient visibility 43 Manual operation of shovel flap 123
Intended use 22, 22 Menu bar 73
Intoxicants 40 Minimum quality requirements 213, 214, 216, 216,
Introduction 154 218, 219, 219, 220, 220
Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings 49
Modifications to the machine 49
J
Jump starting 177
O
Objects in the operator's cab 38
K Oil analysis 213, 217
Oil change 218
Opening and closing ball valves 141
L Operating company 26
Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations 22 Operating conditions 23
Liebherr recommendation 214, 215, 215, 216, 218, Operating mode 112
219, 219, 220, 220, 220 Operating modes 80
Lifting loads 150, 152 Operation 104
Lifting loads with quick coupler 151 Operation during thunderstorms or storms 23
Lifting machine 142, 171, 173 Operation of machine 45
Lighting 71 Operator 26
Lightning strike 23 Operator's cab 38
Loading a transport vehicle 150 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 208, 261
Load-lifting work 47 Operator's seat 19, 61
Locations of signs 31 Other approved engine oils 214
Locking access points 222 Overload warning system (option) 127
Locking connecting rod 158 Overview 15, 221
Locking uppercarriage 124 Overview of operator's platform 51
Longer downtime of diesel engine 141 Overview with backhoe bucket attachment 15
Lowering working attachment in an emergency 177 Overview with bottom dump shovel attachment 16
Lubricants 210
Lubricants and care products for electrical and
mechanical systems 220 P
Lubricating special working tool 259 Parking machine 143, 162
Lubricating standard working tool 259 Personal protective equipment 25
Lubricating working tool 259 Persons in the danger zone 38, 48
Lubrication chart 211 Physical and mental impairment 40
Lubrication system 208, 263 Picking up material 145, 148
Lubrication system: Filling with grease 263 Pneumatic adjustment of lumbar support (option) 67
Pneumatic adjustment of seat height (option) 65
Pneumatic adjustment of seat to body weight
M (option) 66
Machine danger zone 43 Positioning machine 170
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Machines with height adjustable cab 48 Positioning standard attachment 170

Machine tipping 38, 41, 47, 48 Precautions related to conditions of machine use 112
Machine without pump distributor gear oil cooler 219 Preparation 168, 171
Machine with pump distributor gear oil cooler 219 Preparations 166
Main circuit board 199 Preparatory work 253
Main fuses 202 Preparing for maintenance 224
Main menu 78 Preparing load-lifting work 151
Maintenance 203 Preparing machine 171
Maintenance procedures 224 Preparing machine for dust intensive application 109
Maintenance staff 27 Preparing machine for use in biologically sensitive
Malfunctions 181 areas 109

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
270 R 976 - 1574 / 39100
Operator's manual Index
Pre-tightening torque and turning angle 265

Problem remedy 192 S
Procedure 265 Safe maintenance 48
Product description 15 Safe operation 40
Programmable keys 74 Safety 109
Programming quick access 74 Safety belt 67
Protection against vibration 44 Safety instructions 224
Protection for working tool with automatic Safety lever 59
protection 130 Safety lever or folding console 38
Protection for working tool without automatic Safety warnings 21
protection 130 Safe work 48
Protective devices on the machine 38 Seat heating 67
Pump distributor gear: Checking oil level 238 Seat heating with active seat air conditioning
Pump distributor gear oils 219 (option) 67
Putting machine in maintenance position 246 Selecting lubricating mode 92
Putting machine in working position 143 Selecting operating mode 72, 129
Putting on the safety belt 68 Selecting protection mode 131
Selecting special working attachment 132, 135
Semi-automatic closing of shovel flap 123
R Semi-automatic locking (option) 125
Reactivating shut-off 140 Sensor-controlled low idle automatic 113
Recirculated air mode 80 Service code tables 181
Refrigeration technician 28 Setting activation time for sensor-controlled low idle
Refuelling 105 automatic 114
Refuelling with the electric refuelling pump Setting air conditioning unit 80
(option) 106 Setting armrest angle 62
Regular checks 49 Setting armrest height 63
Releasing emergency stop button 116 Setting engine speed in emergency mode 176
Releasing the safety belt 68 Setting period for automatic engine shut-off 115
Removing bucket 156 Setting seat position 62
Removing bucket with special seal 157 Setting seat position with armrests 62
Removing counterweight 164 Setting seat position without armrests 62
Removing filter element 235 Setting shut-off 138
Removing grapple 159 Shut-off functions 138
Removing grapple on industrial stick 160 Shutting off diesel engine 115
Removing tooth 260 Shutting off diesel engine in emergency with
Removing working attachment pins 154 emergency stop button (option) 116
Representation of warning messages 21 Shutting off diesel engine in emergency with the
Requirement 27, 27, 28, 29, 29, 30 ignition key 116
Requirements for staff 25 Shutting off diesel engine normally 115
Requirements for water used 215 Shutting off diesel engine with delay (option) 115
Resetting or replacing fuses 192 Shutting off diesel engine with emergency stop
Responsibility 26, 26, 27, 28, 28, 29, 30 button 116
Retracting and extending hydraulic cylinders 141 Side windows 70
Retracting cylinder of the special working Signs on the machine 31
attachment 134 Slackening track 256
Retracting left side frame 166 Slewing gearbox: Checking oil level 264
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Retracting right side frame 167 Slewing gearbox and slewing ring 208, 264
Retracting side frames 166 Spare parts 48
Return filter: Checking and cleaning magnetic Specifications 20
rod 250 Spotter 30
Reversing fan drive for radiator cleaning (option) 137 Starting 110
Rigger 29 Starting at low temperatures 111
Rolling back sun blind on the roof glass panel 70 Starting diesel engine 110
Rolling out sun blind on the roof glass panel 69 Starting emergency mode 176
Rolling out sun blind on the windscreen 69 Starting lubrication phase manually 92
Rolling up sun blind on the windscreen 69 Starting refuelling with the electric refuelling
Rotation 141 pump 107

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
R 976 - 1574 / 39100 271
Status symbols 74 Undercarriage 18

Stick cylinder protection 132 Unexpected movements of machine 46
Stick cylinder shut-off and hoist cylinder shut-off Unintended closing of access doors 46
(option) 138 Unwanted movements of machine 38
Stopping refuelling with the electric refuelling Uppercarriage 17
pump 107 Using emergency mode 175
Sun blind 69 Using quick access 74
Sun blind on the roof glass panel 69 Using quick coupler 157
Sun blind on windscreen 69
Sun visor in the operator's cab (option) 70
Switching off emergency mode 176 V
Switching off lighting 71 Vibration emission 19
Switching off power supply 56 Visibility 43
Switching off stick cylinder protection 132
Switching on air conditioning unit 261
Switching on lighting 71 W
Switching on power supply 56 Warning signs 31
Switching on windscreen washer system 72 Warning symbol 21
Switching stick cylinder protection on again 132 Warning symbols 181
Swivelling special working attachment 135, 136 Welding 226
Whole-body vibrations 19
Windscreen washer fluid 220
T Windscreen wipers 72
Technical data 19 Working attachment 105, 207, 259
Technical description 15 Working hydraulics 206, 245
Tightening track 255 Working on a slope 143
Touchscreen 73 Working with a backhoe bucket 144
Towing 179 Working with activated overload warning system 128
Towing machine 179 Working with a hydraulic hammer 146
Towing small loads with machine 179 Working without damaging machine 141
Track pads and sprocket wheels: Checking Working with suitable bucket 141
mounting 257 Working with the clamshell 148
Transferring loads 149 Working with the grapple 147
Transport 165
Transporting machine 41
Travel alarm (option) 119
Travel gear 105, 142, 189, 207, 254
Travel gearbox 207
Travelling 116
Travelling around bends 117
Travelling in creeper gear and in automatic
travelling 118
Travelling in straight line 117
Travelling sensitively 118
Turning alarm (option) 126
Turning and braking uppercarriage 124
Turning on the spot 118
LFR/11658430/01/2017-05-19/en
Turning uppercarriage 124, 143

Tying down machine 173
U
Unapproved disposal of gas containers and pressure
vessels 24
Unapproved disposal of machine 24
Unapproved disposal of refrigerant 24
Unapproved presence in danger zone 43
Unapproved working method 38

R 976 - 1573, R 976 - 1428,
272 R 976 - 1574 / 39100

Liebherr 976 Operator's Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Liebherr 976 Operator's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

en Operator's manual

Contact Liebherr-France SAS

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

This operating manual is intended for you as the machine operator or as a

Liability and warranty

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

kind caused by failures of or damage to Liebherr machines attributable to the use

Modifications, conditions, copyright

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

To: Liebherr-France SAS

Ideas, comments (please state the page number):

Overall, how would you judge this document?

Your data: Machine / serial number:

Thank you for your help.

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

2.4 Signs on the machine 31

2.9.1 Spare parts 48

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

3 Control and operation 51

3.2.23 Function settings menu 90

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

3.3.2 Refuelling 105

3.5 General working methods 141

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

3.5.7 Working with the grapple 147

3.10.4 Central lubrication system 178

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

4.2.1 Diesel engine and fuel system 186

5.4.3 Access points on the undercarriage 223

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

5.6.3 Applying corrosion protection to piston rods 227

5.12 Travel gear 254

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

5.13.2 Changing bucket teeth with Z system 260

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

1.1 Technical description

Overview with backhoe bucket attachment

Fig. 1: Overview with backhoe bucket attachment

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

Overview with bottom dump shovel attachment

Fig. 2: Overview with bottom dump shovel attachment

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

5 Hydraulic pump 11 Slewing gear mechanism

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

1.2 Technical data

1.2.1 Vibration emission

X axis Y axis Z axis

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

Tab. 1: Weighted effective values

copyright © Liebherr-France SAS 2017

Liebherr Choice of Floating

Profitability – efficiency and

Spacious cab, ergonomic

Simple and safe

Less maintenance for more productivity

LiDAT data Central lubrication Liebherr warranties

Engine Hydraulic System

Buckets Machine stability per ISO 10567* (75 % of tipping capacity)

Stick length (m) Stick length (m)

L Cab Elevation 800 mm